WO2023035885A1 - Communication method and electronic device - Google Patents

Communication method and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023035885A1
WO2023035885A1 PCT/CN2022/112911 CN2022112911W WO2023035885A1 WO 2023035885 A1 WO2023035885 A1 WO 2023035885A1 CN 2022112911 W CN2022112911 W CN 2022112911W WO 2023035885 A1 WO2023035885 A1 WO 2023035885A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network card
electronic device
data
transmission data
address
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/112911
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王志峰
贾银元
沈福生
汪杰
朱霆
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023035885A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023035885A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/14Session management
    • H04L67/141Setup of application sessions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/50Network services
    • H04L67/56Provisioning of proxy services
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and in particular, to a communication method and electronic equipment.
  • the present application provides a communication method and electronic equipment.
  • the first electronic device can cooperate with the communication capability of itself and the communication capability of the second electronic device to perform data interaction with the server, thereby increasing the bandwidth and reducing the data transmission delay.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method applied to the first electronic device, the method includes: first, dividing the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into first source data and second source data . Then, on the one hand, the first source data is sent to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; on the other hand, the second source data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device, and the second The connection between the network card and the third network card in the second electronic device, sending the second source data to the third network card, so that the third network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fourth network card in the second electronic device .
  • the first electronic device can send data to the service server in parallel based on its own data path and the data path of the second electronic device, which can increase uplink bandwidth and reduce uplink transmission delay.
  • the application program is an application program supporting multi-stream concurrency
  • the application program supporting multi-stream concurrency may refer to the establishment of multiple TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol, Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) in parallel Connected apps such as video apps, game apps, live streaming apps, and more.
  • TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • the application program can establish a TCP/IP connection with the service server through the first network card, and then can send data to the service server through the first network card.
  • the application program can establish another TCP/IP connection with the service server through the second network card, the third network card and the fourth network card, and then can send to the service server through the second network card, the third network card and the fourth network card in sequence. send data.
  • the first electronic device includes a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a PC (Personal Computer, a personal computer), a watch, and the like.
  • the second electronic device includes a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a PC (Personal Computer, personal computer), a watch, and the like.
  • the second electronic device includes a mobile phone case, a protective case for a tablet computer, a protective case for a watch, and the like.
  • the second source data is the source data in Fig. 6a.
  • the second source data is the source data in Fig. 7d.
  • the second source data is the source data in Fig. 8a.
  • the second source data includes one or more groups; the second electronic device includes one or more groups, and each group of second source data is correspondingly sent to a third network card in a second electronic device.
  • sending the second source data to the second network card in the first electronic device includes: using the Internet Protocol IP address of the second network card as the source IP address, and use the IP address of the service server as the destination IP address to encapsulate the second source data to obtain the first transmission data; and send the first transmission data to the second network card.
  • the first transmission data is the data A1 in Fig. 6a.
  • the first transmission data is the data A1 in Fig. 7d.
  • the first transmission data is the data A1 in Fig. 8a.
  • the second source data is sent to the third network card through the connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device, so that the third network card
  • the network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fourth network card in the second electronic device, including: sending the first transmission data to the third network card through the connection between the second network card and the third network card, so that the second network card
  • the three network cards send the first transmission data to the network proxy service in the second electronic device, and the network proxy service converts the source IP address of the first transmission data into the IP address of the fourth network card to obtain the second transmission data and pass through the fourth network card Send the second transmission data to the service server.
  • the service data of the application program in the first electronic device can be sent to the service server through the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device may include multiple second network cards, and each second network card is connected to a third network card of a second electronic device.
  • a group of second source data can be sent to the third network card of the second electronic device through the connection between the second network card and the third network card of the second electronic device.
  • the second transmission data is the data A2 in Fig. 8a.
  • the second source data is sent to the third network card through the connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device, so that the third network card
  • the network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fourth network card in the second electronic device, including: using the IP address of the second network card as the source IP address by the second network card, and using the IP address of the third network card as the destination IP address Address, to encapsulate the first transmission data to obtain the third transmission data; through the connection between the second network card and the third network card, send the third transmission data to the third network card, so that the third network card can send the third transmission data
  • the information encapsulated by the second network card in the device is decapsulated to obtain the fourth transmission data and send the fourth transmission data to the network proxy service in the second electronic device, and the network proxy service converts the source IP address of the fourth transmission data into the fourth The IP address of the network card, and the fourth transmission data after the address conversion is sent to the service server through the fourth network
  • the first electronic device when there are multiple second electronic devices, includes multiple second network cards, and each second network card is connected to a third network card of one second electronic device.
  • a group of second source data can be sent to the third network card of the second electronic device through the connection between the second network card and the third network card of the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device when there are multiple second electronic devices, the first electronic device includes a second network card, and the second network card is connected to the third network cards of multiple second electronic devices. In this way, a group of second The source data is sent to a third network card of a second electronic device.
  • the third transmission data is data A2 in FIG. 6a
  • the fourth transmission data is data A3 in FIG. 6a
  • the fourth transmission data after address conversion is data A4 in FIG. 6a.
  • the first transmission data is data A2 in FIG. 7d
  • the fourth transmission data is data A3 in FIG. 7d
  • the fourth transmission data after address conversion is data A4 in FIG. 7d.
  • the first network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, cellular network card;
  • the second network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
  • the third network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
  • the fourth network card includes at least one of the following: a wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card and a cellular network card.
  • the first network card is the cellular network card 1 in Figure 5b
  • the second network card is the USB (Universal Serial Bus, Universal Serial Bus) network card 1 in Figure 5b
  • the third network card is the USB network card 2 in Figure 5b
  • the fourth network card is the cellular network card 2 in Fig. 5b.
  • the second electronic device is an equipment protection device matched with the first electronic device;
  • the equipment protection device includes a processor, a communication module and a USB module.
  • the second electronic device includes a mobile phone case, a protective case for a tablet computer, a protective case for a watch, and the like.
  • the processing capability of the processor of the device protection device is lower than the processing capability of the processor in the first electronic device.
  • the communication module of the equipment protection device includes a wireless communication module and/or a mobile communication module.
  • the first electronic device and the device protection device may be connected through a USB data cable, and the first electronic device supplies power to the device protection device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to the first electronic device.
  • the method includes: receiving the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and receiving the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first electronic device;
  • the second network card in the second network card receives the second transmission data sent by the third network card based on the connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device; wherein, the second transmission data is received by the third network card based on the received third transmission data
  • the third transmission data is obtained by performing network address translation on the fourth transmission data
  • the fourth transmission data is received by the fourth network card of the second electronic device and sent by the service server
  • the first transmission data includes the first source data
  • the fourth transmission data is received by the service server.
  • the second transmission data, the third transmission data and the fourth transmission data all include the second source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; then, the first transmission data is sent to the second A corresponding application program in the electronic device, and sending the second transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device can receive data sent by the service server in parallel based on its own data path and the data path of the second electronic device, which can increase downlink bandwidth and reduce downlink transmission delay.
  • the second transmission data is the data B3 in FIG. 6b
  • the second source data is the source data in FIG. 6b.
  • the second transmission data is the data B3 in Fig. 7d
  • the second source data is the source data in Fig. 7d.
  • the second transmission data is the data B2 in FIG. 8b
  • the second source data is the source data in FIG. 8b.
  • the third transmission data is data B2 in FIG. 6b
  • the fourth transmission data is data B1 in FIG. 6b.
  • the third transmission data is data B2 in FIG. 7d
  • the fourth transmission data is data B1 in FIG. 7d.
  • the first transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
  • the fourth transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
  • the second transmission data includes two layers of encapsulation information, and the outermost encapsulation information is sent by the third network card to the third transmission data, using the IP address of the third network card as the source IP address and the IP address of the second network card as the source IP address.
  • the third transmission data is obtained by converting the destination IP address in the fourth transmission data received by the fourth network card into the IP address of the second network card by the network proxy service in the second electronic device.
  • the fourth transmission data It is obtained by encapsulating the second source data by the business server with the IP address of the business server as the source IP address and the IP address of the fourth network card as the destination IP address.
  • sending the second transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device includes: the second network card performs an operation on the outermost layer of the second transmission data The encapsulation information is decapsulated, and the decapsulated second transmission data is sent to a corresponding application program in the first electronic device.
  • the decapsulated second transmission data is data B4 in FIG. 6b.
  • the decapsulated second transmission data is data B4 in FIG. 7d.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method applied to the first electronic device.
  • the method includes: firstly, dividing the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into the first source data and the second source data data; then, on the one hand, send the first source data to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; on the other hand, send the second source data to the second network card in the first electronic device and
  • the second network card sends the second source data to the third network card in the first electronic device, and sends the second source data to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, so that
  • the fourth network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fifth network card in the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device can send data to the service server in parallel based on its own data path and the data path of the second electronic device, which can increase the uplink bandwidth and reduce the uplink transmission delay.
  • the second source data is the source data in Fig. 9c.
  • the second source data includes one or more groups; the second electronic device includes one or more groups, and each group of second source data is correspondingly sent to a third network card in a second electronic device.
  • the second source data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device and the second source data is sent to the first electronic device by the second network card
  • the third network card includes: using the Internet Protocol IP address of the second network card as the source IP address, and using the IP address of the service server as the destination IP address, encapsulating the second source data to obtain the first transmission data;
  • a transmission data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device, and the second network card sends the first transmission data to the third network card in the first electronic device.
  • the first transmission data is the data A1 in Fig. 9c.
  • the second source data is sent to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, so that the fourth network card
  • the network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fifth network card in the second electronic device, including: sending the first transmission data to the second network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device.
  • the fourth network card of the electronic device is used to send the first transmission data to the network proxy service in the second electronic device by the fourth network card, and the network proxy service converts the source IP address of the first transmission data to the IP address of the fifth network card,
  • the second transmission data is obtained, and the second transmission data is sent to the service server through the fifth network card.
  • the service data of the application program in the first electronic device can be sent to the service server through the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device when there are multiple second electronic devices, includes multiple third network cards, and each third network card is connected to a fourth network card of a second electronic device.
  • a group of second source data can be sent to the fourth network card of the second electronic device through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card of the second electronic device.
  • the second source data is sent to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, so that the fourth network card
  • the network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fifth network card in the second electronic device, including: using the IP address of the third network card as the source IP address by the third network card, and using the IP address of the fourth network card as the destination IP address
  • the address is used to encapsulate the first transmission data to obtain the third transmission data; through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card, the third transmission data is sent to the fourth network card of the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device
  • the fourth network card of the device decapsulates the information encapsulated by the third network card in the third transmission data, obtains the fourth transmission data and sends the fourth transmission data to the network proxy service in the second electronic device, and the second electronic device
  • the network proxy service converts the source IP address of the fourth transmission data into the IP address of the fifth network card, and sends the fourth
  • the first electronic device when the second electronic device includes multiple, the first electronic device includes multiple third network cards, and each third network card is connected to a fourth network card of the second electronic device.
  • a group of second source data can be sent to the fourth network card of the second electronic device through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card of the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device when there are multiple second electronic devices, the first electronic device includes a third network card, and the third network card is connected to the fourth network cards of multiple second electronic devices. In this way, a group of second The source data is sent to a fourth network card of a second electronic device.
  • the third transmission data is data A2 in FIG. 9c
  • the fourth transmission data is data A3 in FIG. 9c
  • the converted fourth transmission data is data A4 in FIG. 9c.
  • the first network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, cellular network card;
  • the third network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
  • the fourth network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, Bluetooth network card, Universal Serial Bus USB network card;
  • the fifth network card includes at least one of the following: a wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card and a cellular network card.
  • the first network card is the Wi-Fi network card 1 in Figure 9b
  • the third network card is the USB network card 1 in Figure 9b
  • the fourth network card is the USB network card 1 in Figure 9b
  • the fifth network card is the Cellular network card 2.
  • the fifth network card is a cellular network card
  • the second network card is a virtual network card based on the fifth network card
  • the IP address of the second network card is passed to the IP address of the fifth network card Obtained by offset.
  • the fifth network card is the cellular network card 2 in FIG. 9b
  • the second network card is the virtual cellular network card in FIG. 9b.
  • the second electronic device is an equipment protection device matched with the first electronic device;
  • the equipment protection device includes a processor, a communication module and a USB module.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to the first electronic device, and the method includes: receiving the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and receiving the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first electronic device;
  • the third network card in the device receives the second transmission data sent by the fourth network card based on the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device; wherein, the second transmission data is received by the fourth network card based on the received third network card
  • the transmission data is determined, the third transmission data is obtained by performing network address translation on the fourth transmission data, the fourth transmission data is received by the fifth network card in the second electronic device and sent by the service server, and the first transmission data includes the first source data , the second transmission data, the third transmission data and the fourth transmission data all include the second source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; then, the first transmission data is sent to to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and
  • the second source data is the source data in Fig. 9d.
  • the second transmission data is the data B3 in Fig. 9d.
  • the third transmission data is data B2 in FIG. 9d
  • the fourth transmission data is data B1 in FIG. 9d.
  • the first transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
  • the fourth transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
  • the second transmission data includes two layers of encapsulation information
  • the outermost encapsulation information is sent by the fourth network card to the third transmission data with the IP address of the fourth network card as the source IP address and the IP address of the third network card as the source IP address.
  • the information encapsulated by the destination IP address, the third transmission data is obtained by converting the destination IP address in the fourth transmission data received by the fifth network card into the IP address of the second network card by the network proxy service in the second electronic device, and the fourth transmission data It is obtained by encapsulating the second source data by the service server by using the IP address of the service server as the source IP address and the IP address of the fifth network card as the destination IP address.
  • sending the second transmission data to the application program through the second network card in the first electronic device includes: using the third network card to complete the second transmission data The outer encapsulation information is decapsulated, and the decapsulated second transmission data is sent to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device through the second network card.
  • the decapsulated second transmission data is data B4 in FIG. 9d.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: firstly, dividing the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into first source data and second source data; then, on the one hand, dividing The first source data is sent to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; on the other hand, the second source data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device and the second source data is sent to The data is sent to the third network card in the first electronic device, and the second source data is sent to the fourth network card in the second electronic device through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, so as to pass through the second The fourth network card of the electronic device sends the second source data to the service server.
  • the first electronic device can send data to the service server in parallel based on its own data path and the data path of the second electronic device, which can increase uplink bandwidth and reduce uplink transmission delay.
  • the first network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, cellular network card;
  • the second network card is a cellular network card
  • the third network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
  • the fourth network card includes at least one of the following: a wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, a Wi-Fi peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, a Bluetooth network card, and a Universal Serial Bus USB network card.
  • the second network card can encapsulate the second source data into data that can be recognized by the modem in the second electronic device, and then the second electronic device will receive the data through the fourth network card, transmit it to the modem, and send it to the service server by the modem.
  • the second network card is the cellular network card 2 in Fig. 10a.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: receiving the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and using the third network card in the first electronic device based on The connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device receives the second transmission data sent by the fourth network card; wherein, the first transmission data includes the first source data, and the second transmission data is received by the fourth network card based on It is determined that the third transmission data is sent by the service server, the first transmission data includes the first source data, the second transmission data and the third transmission data both include the second source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; sending the first transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and sending the second transmission data through the second network card in the first electronic device to the application.
  • the first electronic device can receive data sent by the service server in parallel based on its own data path and the data path of the second electronic device, which can increase downlink
  • the first transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
  • the third transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for establishing a connection, which is applied to the first electronic device, and the method includes: when the application program establishes a connection with the corresponding service server, obtain the application type of the application program and the multiple information in the first electronic device.
  • the network card performance information of each network card includes the network card that directly performs data interaction with the service server and the network card that performs data interaction with the service server through the connection with the network card in the second electronic device; then, according to the application type of the application program and each network card.
  • the network card performance information is used to match the network card with the best performance for the application program; then, based on the network card with the best performance matched with the application program, a connection between the application program and the corresponding service server is established.
  • the network card with the best performance can be assigned to the application program to establish a connection with the service server, thereby reducing the data transmission delay and improving user experience.
  • the method when the application program establishes a connection with the corresponding service server, the method further includes: if there is network card configuration information corresponding to the application program, searching for the network card bound to the application program according to the network card configuration information, and A specified network card is used to establish a connection between the application program and the corresponding service server.
  • the network card configuration information is the information of the network card bound by the user for the application program; if there is no network card configuration information corresponding to the application program, execute the acquisition A step of the application type of the program and network card performance information of multiple network cards in the first electronic device. In this way, network cards can be assigned to applications according to user settings to improve user experience.
  • the embodiment of the present application is a communication system
  • the communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the first electronic device is configured to divide the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into the second One source data and second source data; the first source data is sent to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and the second source data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device, through The connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device sends the second source data to the third network card; the second electronic device is used to send the second source data received by the third network card to the second The fourth network card in the electronic device sends the second source data to the service server through the fourth network card.
  • the eighth aspect and any implementation manner of the eighth aspect correspond to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the first aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the eighth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the eighth aspect refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application is a communication system.
  • the communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the second electronic device is configured to receive the first electronic device sent by the service server through the fourth network card in the second electronic device. 4. Transmission data, then, convert the fourth transmission data to the URL to obtain the third transmission data, and then send the third transmission data to the third network card in the second electronic device; then call the third network card based on the third transmission data Determine the second transmission data, and send the second transmission data to the second network card of the first electronic device through the connection between the third network card and the second network card, wherein the second transmission data, the third transmission data and the fourth transmission data The data all include the second source data.
  • the first electronic device is configured to receive the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device;
  • the connection between the network cards receives the second transmission data sent by the third network card; wherein, the first transmission data includes the first source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; then , sending the first transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and sending the second transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device.
  • the ninth aspect and any implementation manner of the ninth aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the ninth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the ninth aspect refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application is a communication system
  • the communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the first electronic device is configured to divide the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into the second One source data and second source data; the first source data is sent to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and the second source data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device by The second network card sends the second source data to the third network card in the first electronic device, and sends the second source data to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device; The electronic device is configured to send the second source data received by the fourth network card to the fifth network card in the second electronic device, and send the second source data to the service server through the fifth network card.
  • the tenth aspect and any implementation manner of the tenth aspect correspond to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the third aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the tenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the tenth aspect refer to the above-mentioned third aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application is a communication system
  • the communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the second electronic device is configured to receive the service server through the fifth network card in the second electronic device The fourth transmission data, and then, send the fourth transmission data to the fourth network card in the second electronic device; then, perform network address translation on the fourth transmission data to obtain the third transmission data; then call the fourth network card based on the first
  • the third transmission data data determines the second transmission data, and sends the second transmission data to the third network card of the first electronic device through the connection between the fourth network card and the third network card, wherein the second transmission data and the third transmission data and the fourth transmission data both include the second source data.
  • the first electronic device is configured to receive the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and based on the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card through the third network card in the first electronic device , receiving the second transmission data sent by the fourth network card; wherein, the first transmission data includes the first source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; sending the first transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and send the second transmission data to the application program through the second network card in the first electronic device.
  • the eleventh aspect and any implementation manner of the eleventh aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the eleventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the eleventh aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application is a communication system
  • the communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the first electronic device is configured to divide the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into The first source data and the second source data; sending the first source data to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and sending the second source data to the second network card in the first electronic device and Send the second source data to the third network card in the first electronic device through the second network card, and send the second source data to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device;
  • the second electronic device is configured to send the second source data to the service server through the fourth network card.
  • the twelfth aspect and any implementation manner of the twelfth aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively.
  • For technical effects corresponding to the twelfth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twelfth aspect refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application is a communication system.
  • the communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the second electronic device is used to receive the service server through the fourth network card in the second electronic device. the third transmission data, and call the fourth network card to determine the second transmission data based on the third transmission data, and send the second transmission data to the third network card of the first electronic device through the connection between the fourth network card and the third network card , wherein both the second transmission data and the third transmission data include the second source data.
  • the first electronic device is configured to receive the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and based on the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card through the third network card in the first electronic device , receiving the second transmission data sent by the fourth network card; wherein, the first transmission data includes the first source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; sending the first transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and send the second transmission data to the application program through the second network card in the first electronic device.
  • the thirteenth aspect and any one implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any one implementation manner of the sixth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the thirteenth aspect and any one of the implementations of the thirteenth aspect please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementations of the sixth aspect above, and will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the first aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the fourteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourteenth aspect correspond to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the first aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the fourteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fourteenth aspect refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the second aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the fifteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively.
  • technical effects corresponding to the fifteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fifteenth aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above-mentioned second aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the third aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the sixteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect correspond to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the third aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the sixteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixteenth aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above third aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the fourth aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the seventeenth aspect and any implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the seventeenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventeenth aspect please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the fifth aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the eighteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively.
  • For the technical effects corresponding to the eighteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the eighteenth aspect refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the sixth aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • the nineteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the nineteenth aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any implementation manner of the sixth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the nineteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the nineteenth aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect above, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the seventh aspect Or the connection establishment method in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect.
  • the twentieth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twentieth aspect correspond to the seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twentieth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twentieth aspect please refer to the above-mentioned seventh aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the first aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the twenty-first aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-first aspect correspond to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the first aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-first aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-first aspect please refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the second aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the twenty-second aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-second aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-second aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-second aspect please refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the third aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the twenty-third aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-third aspect correspond to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the third aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-third aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-third aspect please refer to the above-mentioned third aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the fourth aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the twenty-fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-fourth aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-fourth aspect please refer to the above-mentioned fourth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the fifth aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the twenty-fifth aspect and any one implementation manner of the twenty-fifth aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any one implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-fifth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-fifth aspect please refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the sixth aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • the twenty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-sixth aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect respectively.
  • For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-sixth aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the seventh aspect or the connection establishment method in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect.
  • the twenty-seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-seventh aspect correspond to the seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-seventh aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-seventh aspect please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above seventh aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or the processor, the computer or the processor executes the first aspect or the first aspect.
  • a communication method in any possible implementation of an aspect.
  • the twenty-eighth aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-eighth aspect correspond to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the first aspect respectively.
  • For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-eighth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-eighth aspect refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program runs on a computer or a processor, the computer or processor executes the second aspect or the second aspect.
  • a communication method in any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the twenty-ninth aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-ninth aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-ninth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-ninth aspect please refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or the processor, the computer or the processor executes the third aspect or the third aspect.
  • a communication method in any possible implementation of an aspect.
  • the thirtieth aspect and any one implementation manner of the thirtieth aspect correspond to the third aspect and any one implementation manner of the third aspect respectively.
  • For the technical effects corresponding to the thirtieth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirtieth aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above third aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer or a processor, the computer or processor executes the fourth aspect or the first A communication method in any possible implementation of the four aspects.
  • the thirty-first aspect and any implementation manner of the thirty-first aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-first aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-first aspect please refer to the above-mentioned fourth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or the processor, the computer or the processor executes the fifth aspect or the first A communication method in any possible implementation of the five aspects.
  • the thirty-second aspect and any one implementation manner of the thirty-second aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any one implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-second aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-second aspect please refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or processor, the computer or processor executes the sixth aspect or the first A communication method in any possible implementation of the six aspects.
  • the thirty-third aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-third aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-third aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-third aspect please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or the processor, the computer or the processor executes the seventh aspect or the first A method for establishing a connection in any possible implementation of the seventh aspect.
  • the thirty-fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-fourth aspect correspond to the seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect respectively.
  • For the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-fourth aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above seventh aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect The steps of the method are executed.
  • the thirty-fifth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-fifth aspect correspond to the first aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect respectively.
  • For the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-fifth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-fifth aspect refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect The steps of the method are executed.
  • the thirty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementations of the thirty-sixth aspect correspond to the second aspect and any one of the implementations of the second aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-sixth aspect refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect The steps of the method are executed.
  • the thirty-seventh aspect and any one implementation manner of the thirty-seventh aspect correspond to the third aspect and any one implementation manner of the third aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-seventh aspect please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above-mentioned third aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a software program.
  • the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect The steps of the method are executed.
  • the thirty-eighth aspect and any implementation manner of the thirty-eighth aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-eighth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-eighth aspect please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect The steps of the method are executed.
  • the thirty-ninth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-ninth aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-ninth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-ninth aspect please refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the sixth aspect or any possible implementation of the sixth aspect The steps of the method are executed.
  • any one of the implementation manners of the fortieth aspect and the fortieth aspect corresponds to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fortieth aspect and the fortieth aspect please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the seventh aspect or any possible implementation of the seventh aspect The steps of the method are executed.
  • any one of the implementation manners of the forty-first aspect and the forty-first aspect corresponds to the seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect respectively.
  • For the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementations of the forty-first aspect and the forty-first aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the seventh aspect and any one of the implementations of the seventh aspect above, and details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of an exemplary electronic device
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a software structure of an exemplary electronic device
  • Fig. 3a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary application scenario
  • Fig. 3b is a schematic diagram showing device connection
  • Fig. 3c is a schematic diagram of a communication connection shown by way of example.
  • Figure 4a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interface
  • Fig. 4b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection
  • Fig. 5a is a connection schematic diagram shown by way of example
  • Fig. 5b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection
  • Fig. 6a is an exemplary schematic diagram of data transmission
  • Fig. 6b is an exemplary schematic diagram of data transmission
  • Fig. 7a is a schematic connection diagram shown by way of example.
  • Fig. 7b is a schematic diagram of a communication connection shown by way of example.
  • Fig. 7c is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection
  • Fig. 7d is an exemplary schematic diagram showing data transmission
  • Fig. 7e is an exemplary schematic diagram showing data transmission
  • Fig. 8a is an exemplary schematic diagram showing data transmission
  • Fig. 8b is an exemplary schematic diagram showing data transmission
  • Fig. 9a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection
  • Fig. 9b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection
  • Fig. 9c is an exemplary schematic diagram of data transmission
  • Fig. 9d is an exemplary schematic diagram of data transmission
  • Fig. 10a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection
  • Fig. 10b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic connection schematic diagram shown by way of example.
  • Fig. 12a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interface
  • Fig. 12b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic connection schematic diagram shown by way of example.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of connection shown by way of example.
  • Figure 15 is an exemplary schematic diagram showing the interface
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary data processing flow
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of the device shown exemplarily.
  • first and second in the description and claims of the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order of objects.
  • first target object, the second target object, etc. are used to distinguish different target objects, rather than describing a specific order of the target objects.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used as examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design scheme described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes. Rather, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.
  • multiple processing units refer to two or more processing units; multiple systems refer to two or more systems.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 is only an example of an electronic device, and the electronic device 100 may have more or fewer components than those shown in the figure, and two or more components may be combined , or can have different component configurations.
  • the various components shown in FIG. 1 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the electronic device 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2.
  • Mobile communication module 150 wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, And a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural network processor neural-network processing unit, NPU
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 .
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input and output
  • subscriber identity module subscriber identity module
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL).
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 .
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100 , and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present application is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
  • the charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive a wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also provide power for electronic devices through the power management module 141 .
  • the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 receives the input of the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power for the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160, etc.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be realized by the antenna 1 , the antenna 2 , the mobile communication module 150 , the wireless communication module 160 , a modem processor, a baseband processor, and the like.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide WLAN (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GNSS) applied on the electronic device 100. , frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR techniques, etc.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • code division multiple access code division multiple access
  • CDMA broadband Code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • time division code division multiple access time-division code division multiple access
  • TD-SCDMA time-division code division multiple access
  • the GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • Beidou navigation satellite system beidou navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194 , and the application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electronic device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 .
  • the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color.
  • ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs.
  • the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data.
  • the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like.
  • the storage data area can store data created during the use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170 , the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-kernel architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture of the electronic device 100 divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate through software interfaces.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, which are application layer, application framework layer, Android runtime (Android runtime) and local framework layer (Native layer), and kernel layer from top to bottom.
  • the application layer can consist of a series of application packages.
  • the application package can include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and Huawei share.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can include window managers, content providers, view systems, phone managers, resource managers, notification managers, and so on.
  • a window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc.
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make it accessible to applications.
  • Said data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phonebook, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • a display interface can consist of one or more views.
  • a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 100 . For example, the management of call status (including connected, hung up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the top status bar of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window.
  • prompting text information in the status bar issuing a prompt sound, vibrating the electronic device, and flashing the indicator light, etc.
  • the Android Runtime includes core library and virtual machine. The Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function function that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application program layer and the application program framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • the native framework layer can include native services and system libraries.
  • a system library can include multiple function modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of various commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files, etc.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing, etc.
  • 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the local service may include: a network proxy service, a cellular network card, a Wi-Fi network card, a Bluetooth network card, and a USB network card.
  • the network proxy service can be used for NAT (Network Address Translation, Network Address Translation) translation.
  • the cellular network card can be used to encapsulate the data sent by the application program into data that can be recognized by the Modem (modem), and to decapsulate the incoming data from the Modem.
  • modem Modem
  • the Wi-Fi network card can be used to encapsulate data into data that can be sent through the Wi-Fi hardware module, or to decapsulate the data incoming from the Wi-Fi hardware module.
  • the Bluetooth network card can be used to encapsulate data into data that can be sent through the Bluetooth hardware module, or to decapsulate the incoming data from the Bluetooth hardware module.
  • the USB network card is used for encapsulating data into data that can be transmitted through the USB data line, and for decapsulating the incoming data from the USB data line.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer includes at least a display driver, a Wi-Fi driver, a Bluetooth driver, an audio driver, and a sensor driver.
  • the components contained in the system framework layer, system library and runtime layer shown in FIG. 2 do not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • a device equipped with a communication module can be purchased Protective device (device protection device such as mobile phone case, tablet protective case, watch case, etc., the device protection device has cellular capability and/or wireless communication capability), then put the electronic device into the device protection device, and connect the electronic device to the device protection device device, such that the electronic device may have cellular capabilities and/or wireless communication capabilities of the device protection device. Subsequently, the electronic device can cooperate with its own cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) and the cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) of the device protection device to access the Internet, thereby increasing bandwidth and reducing data transmission delay.
  • Protective device device protection device such as mobile phone case, tablet protective case, watch case, etc., the device protection device has cellular capability and/or wireless communication capability
  • the electronic device can cooperate with its own cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) and the cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) of the device protection device to access the Internet, thereby increasing bandwidth and reducing data transmission delay.
  • the Internet access capability of the electronic device may be the sum of the cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) of the electronic device itself and the cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) of the device protection device .
  • the electronic device is a mobile phone
  • the equipment protection device is a mobile phone case
  • the mobile communication module is provided on the mobile phone case for illustration.
  • Fig. 3a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary application scenario.
  • the user can connect the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case, so that the 4G mobile phone can have the cellular capability of the 5G mobile phone .
  • the 4G mobile phone can cooperate with its own cellular capability (wireless communication capability) and the cellular capability of the 5G mobile phone case to interact with the server for data, thereby increasing bandwidth and reducing data transmission delay.
  • the mobile phone used by the user is a 4G mobile phone, and the mobile phone case may be a 4G mobile phone case.
  • the mobile phone used by the user is a 5G mobile phone, and the mobile phone case can be a 5G mobile phone case.
  • the mobile phone used by the user is a 5G mobile phone, and the mobile phone case can be a 6G mobile phone case; and so on. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the wireless communication technology used by the mobile phone and the mobile phone case.
  • the hardware structure of the 5G mobile phone case is similar to that of the mobile phone.
  • the processing capability of the processor of the 5G mobile phone case is lower than that of the processor in the mobile phone.
  • a 5G mobile phone case has fewer sensor modules than a mobile phone; of course, a 5G mobile phone case may not have a sensor module.
  • the 5G mobile phone case can have one or more of audio modules, speakers, receivers, microphones, headphone jacks, display screens, cameras, buttons, indicators, and motors.
  • the SIM card interface of the 5G mobile phone case can be eSIM (Embedded-SIM, embedded SIM card).
  • system framework layer of the 5G mobile phone case is similar to that of the mobile phone.
  • system framework layer of the 5G mobile phone case may not include the application program layer and the application program framework layer.
  • 4G coordinates with its own cellular capability and the cellular capability of a 5G mobile phone case to access the Internet
  • the 5G mobile phone case includes a SIM interface for inserting a SIM card as an example for illustration.
  • the SIM card can be inserted into the 5G mobile phone case first, and then the 4G mobile phone can be inserted into the 5G mobile phone case; and then the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case can be connected.
  • Fig. 3b is a schematic diagram of device connection exemplarily shown.
  • a 4G mobile phone can establish a USB connection with a 5G mobile phone case through a USB (Universal Serial Bus, Universal Serial Bus) data line.
  • the 4G mobile phone case can also provide power for the 5G mobile phone case through the USB data cable.
  • Fig. 3c is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
  • a USB connection can be established between the USB network card 1 in the 4G mobile phone and the USB network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case.
  • the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case can be activated through the 4G mobile phone.
  • a mobile phone case management application of a 5G mobile phone case is set in a 4G mobile phone, and the mobile phone case management application is used to manage the mobile phone case, for example, Bluetooth management, WLAN management, power management, mobile network management, SIM/eSIM activation, etc. . Furthermore, the user can activate the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case by operating in the mobile phone case management application of the 4G mobile phone.
  • Fig. 4a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interface.
  • 401 is the main interface of the mobile phone, and the main interface 401 of the mobile phone includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: application icons (for example, application icons of Huawei sharing applications, browser application , the application icon 402) of the mobile phone case management application, the network identification, the battery identification, and the like.
  • application icons for example, application icons of Huawei sharing applications, browser application , the application icon 402 of the mobile phone case management application, the network identification, the battery identification, and the like.
  • the mobile phone case management interface 403 includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: Bluetooth management options, WLAN management options 405, power management options, mobile network management options 406, SIM/eSIM Activate option 404 etc.
  • the Bluetooth management interface of the mobile phone case the user can control the Bluetooth switch of the 5G mobile phone case, and select the connected Bluetooth for the 5G mobile phone case.
  • the WLAN management interface of the mobile phone case the user can control the WLAN switch of the 5G mobile phone case, select a connected WLAN for the 5G mobile phone case, and so on.
  • the user can view the battery status of the 5G mobile phone case, set the battery mode of the mobile phone case, etc.
  • the user can control the mobile network switch of the 5G mobile phone case, control the hotspot switch of the 5G mobile phone case, etc.
  • the 5G mobile phone can activate the SIM2 card in response to the activation instruction.
  • the 5G mobile phone case will have 5G cellular capabilities.
  • Fig. 4b is a schematic diagram of a communication connection exemplarily shown.
  • a cellular network card 2 can be created in the 5G mobile phone case.
  • the multi-stream concurrent application program in the 4G mobile phone can use its own cellular data path and the cellular data path of the 5G mobile phone case to perform data interaction with the corresponding service server in parallel .
  • the application program that supports multi-stream concurrency can refer to the application program that can establish multiple TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol, Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) connections in parallel, such as video applications, game applications, live broadcast applications, etc. wait.
  • TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • Fig. 5a is an exemplary connection diagram.
  • APP2 when APP2 needs to perform data interaction with the business server, it can first establish multiple TCP/IP connections with the business server, and then APP2 performs data interaction with the business server based on the established multiple TCP/IP connections .
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of TCP/IP connections established between APP2 and the service server, and the embodiment of the present application takes the establishment of two TCP/IP connections as an example for illustration.
  • the process of establishing a TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the service server is essentially the process of establishing a socket (socket) connection between APP2 and the service server.
  • Fig. 5b is a schematic diagram of a communication connection exemplarily shown.
  • APP2 can establish a socket1 connection with the service server through the cellular network card 1 and Modem1 in the 4G mobile phone.
  • the socket1 connection is a data path between APP2-cellular network card 1-Modem1-service server. It can be seen that the socket1 connection is essentially a TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the service server.
  • the source IP address of the socket1 connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 1
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server.
  • the IP address of the cellular network card 1 is a.b.c.d
  • the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H
  • the source IP address of the socket1 connection is a.b.c.d
  • the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
  • APP2 can use the USB network card 1 in the 4G mobile phone, the USB network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case, the network proxy service in the 5G mobile phone case, the cellular network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case and the 5G Modem2 in the mobile phone case establishes a socket2 connection with the service server.
  • the socket2 connection may include a socket2a connection and a socket2b connection.
  • the socket2a connection is created by APP2, which is the data path between APP2—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—network proxy service.
  • the socket2b connection is created based on the socket2a connection trigger, and is the data path between the network proxy service-cellular network card 2-Modem2-business server. It can be seen that the socket2a connection and socket2b connection form another TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the business server.
  • the source IP address of the socket2a connection is the IP address of the USB network card 1
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server.
  • the IP address of USB network card 1 is w.x.y.z
  • the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H
  • the source IP address of socket2a connection is w.x.y.z
  • the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
  • the source IP address of the socket2b connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 2
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server.
  • the IP address of the cellular network card 2 is A.B.C.D
  • the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H
  • the source IP address of socket2b is A.B.C.D
  • the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
  • APP2 may establish a socket connection with the service server by performing a three-way handshake with the service server.
  • the process of establishing the socket1 connection between APP2 and the service server can refer to the provisions in the existing protocol for details, and will not be repeated here.
  • the process of establishing the socket2 connection between APP2 and the service server is described as an example below.
  • Fig. 6a is a schematic diagram of data transmission exemplarily shown.
  • APP2 first sends a SYN (synchronize, synchronization) packet to the service server, and performs a first handshake with the service server.
  • the source data sent by APP2 is a SYN packet.
  • the SYN packet is added with a TCP header and an IP header, and is transmitted to the USB network card 1 .
  • the SYN packet with the IP header and the TCP header added can be called data A1
  • the IP header added to the SYN packet can be called IP header (1)
  • the added TCP header will be called “A1” for SYN. is the TCP header (1).
  • the TCP header (1) may include a source port and a destination port, the source port is the port bound to the socket2a connection in the 4G mobile phone, such as PROT1, and the destination port is the port bound to the socket2 connection in the service server, such as PROT16.
  • the IP header (1) includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the source IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 1 such as w.x.y.z, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server such as E.F.G.H.
  • the TCP/IP protocol or UDP/IP User Datagram Protocol Internet Protocol, User Datagram Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • the USB connection may be a TCP/IP connection or a UDP/IP connection, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the USB connection between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case is an example of a TCP/IP connection for illustration.
  • the USB network card 1 after the USB network card 1 receives the data A1, it can encapsulate the corresponding TCP header (2) and IP header (2) for the data A1 according to the TCP/IP protocol between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2, Get data A2.
  • the TCP header (2) may also include a source port and a destination port, the source port is the port used for communicating with the USB network card 2 in the USB network card 1, and the destination port is used for communicating with the USB network card 1 in the USB network card 2 port.
  • the IP header (2) also includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the source IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 1, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 2.
  • the data A2 may be sent to the USB network card 2 based on the connection between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 .
  • the USB network card 2 can receive the data A2, and then can decapsulate the data A2, remove the IP header (2) and the TCP header (2) of the data A2, and obtain the data A3.
  • data A3 is substantially data A1.
  • the USB network card 2 can send the data A3 to the network proxy service. After the network proxy service receives the data A3, it can perform NAT conversion on the data A3 to obtain the data A4. Among them, performing NAT conversion on data A3 is to convert the source IP address in IP header (1) in data A3 from the IP address of USB network card 1 to the IP address of cellular network card 2, and convert the source IP address in TCP header (1) to the IP address of cellular network card 2.
  • the source port is converted from the port bound to the socket2a connection in the 4G mobile phone to the port bound to the socket2b connection in the 5G mobile phone case. Exemplarily, the port bound to the socket2b connection in the 5G mobile phone case may be an unoccupied port in the 5G mobile phone case.
  • the source address in the IP header (1) of the obtained data A4 is A.B.C.D
  • the source port in the TCP header (1) is PROT0.
  • the network proxy service may record the network translation relationship, such as: w.x.y.z/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0.
  • the network proxy server can send the data A4 to the cellular network card 2, and the cellular network card 2 encapsulates the data A4, and then transmits the encapsulated data A4 to Modem2, and the encapsulated data A4 is transmitted to Modem2 by the Modem2.
  • the service server After corresponding processing is performed by A4, it is sent to the service server.
  • the business server can receive the SYN packet sent by APP2, and realize the first handshake between APP2 and the business server.
  • Fig. 6b is a schematic diagram of data transmission exemplarily shown.
  • the service server may return an ACK (ACKnowledge, confirmation) packet to APP2.
  • Modem2 of the 5G mobile phone case can receive the ACK packet returned by the service server, and then transmit the ACK packet to the cellular network card 2, and the cellular network card 2 can obtain data B1 after corresponding processing on the data sent by Modem2, as shown in Figure 6b shows.
  • the source data in the data B1 is an ACK packet.
  • the IP header (1) in the data B1 includes the source IP address and the destination IP address
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of the cellular network card 2 such as A.B.C.D
  • the source IP address is the IP address of the service server such as E.F.G.H
  • the TCP header (1) may include a source port and a destination port.
  • the destination port is the port bound to the socket2b connection in the 5G mobile phone case, such as PROT0
  • the source port is the port bound to the socket2 connection in the business server, such as PROT16.
  • the cellular network card 2 can send the data B1 to the network proxy service. Then the network proxy service performs NAT conversion on data B1 according to the recorded network conversion relationship, such as: w.x.y.z/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0, to obtain data B2.
  • the network proxy service performs NAT conversion on the data B1, essentially converting the destination address of the IP header (1) in the data B1 from A.B.C.D to w.x.y.z, and converting the destination port in the TCP header (1) from PROT0 to PROT1.
  • the network proxy service may send the data B2 to the USB network card 2 .
  • the USB network card 2 After the USB network card 2 receives the data B2, it can encapsulate the corresponding TCP header (2) and IP header (2) on the data B2 according to the TCP/IP protocol between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 to obtain the data B3.
  • the TCP header (2) may also include a source port and a destination port, the destination port is the port used for communicating with the USB network card 2 in the USB network card 1, and the source port is used for communicating with the USB network card 1 in the USB network card 2 port.
  • the IP header (2) also includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the destination IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 1, and the source IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 2.
  • the data may be sent to the USB network card 1 based on the connection between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 .
  • the USB network card 1 can receive the data B3, and then can decapsulate the data B3, remove the IP header (2) and the TCP header (2) of the data B3, and obtain the data B4.
  • data B4 is substantially data B2.
  • USB network card 1 can send data B4 to APP2 according to the destination port of TCP (1) in data B4.
  • the IP header (1) and the TCP header (1) are removed, so the data received by APP2 is an ACK packet, so that the second handshake can be completed.
  • APP2 may send a SYN packet again to perform a third handshake with the service server, and reference may be made to the description of the above-mentioned first handshake process, which will not be repeated here.
  • the socket2 connection can be established.
  • APP2 can connect with the service server through socket1 and socket2, and perform data interaction in parallel.
  • APP2 is a video application.
  • the service server can divide video 1 into two groups of business data packets (each group can include multiple business data packets), and then connect to socket2 through socket1 respectively. Connect and send these two sets of business data to APP2.
  • Modem1 in the 4G mobile phone can receive a set of service data packets sent by the service server, and then transmit the service data packets to APP2 through the cellular network card 1.
  • Modem2 in the 5G mobile phone case can receive another set of service data from the service server packet, and then transmit the service data packet to APP2 through cellular network card 2 ⁇ network proxy service ⁇ USB network card 2 ⁇ USB network card 1.
  • the processing of the business data packets by the network card and the network proxy service can refer to FIG. 6b and the corresponding description (wherein, the source data in FIG. 6b is the business data packets), and will not be repeated here.
  • the downlink bandwidth can be increased and the downlink time delay can be reduced.
  • APP2 is a live broadcast application.
  • APP2 can divide video 2 into two groups of business data packets (each group can include multiple business data packets), and then connect through socket1 and socket2 respectively. , and send the two sets of business data to the business server.
  • APP2 can send a set of service data packets to the service server through the cellular network 1 ⁇ Modem1 in the 4G mobile phone.
  • APP2 can also send another set of business data packets to the service server through USB network card 1 in the 4G mobile phone ⁇ USB network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case ⁇ network proxy service ⁇ cellular network card 2 ⁇ Modem2.
  • the processing of the service data packets by the network card and the network proxy service can refer to FIG. 6a and the corresponding description (wherein, the source data in FIG. 6a is the service data packets), and will not be repeated here. This can increase the uplink bandwidth and reduce the uplink delay.
  • the USB network card 1 may not encapsulate the data A1 after receiving the data A1, and directly send the data A1 to the USB network card 2, and then the USB network card 2 sends the data A1 to the network proxy service , the network proxy service performs NAT conversion on data A1.
  • the USB network card 2 may not encapsulate the data B2 after receiving the data B2, and directly send the data B2 to the USB network card 1, and then the USB network card 1 sends the data B2 to the APP2. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application does not limit whether the USB network card encapsulates and decapsulates the received data.
  • Fig. 7a is an exemplary connection diagram.
  • the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case can also establish a Wi-Fi connection, and then the 4G mobile phone can establish a connection with the service server through the Wi-Fi connection between the 5G mobile phone case. socket2 connection between.
  • the user clicks on the mobile network management option 406 in FIG. 4a(2), and the 4G mobile phone displays the mobile network management interface of the mobile phone case in response to the user's operation behavior. Then the user can operate in the mobile network management interface of the mobile phone case, open the hotspot of the 5G mobile phone case, and set the name and password of the hotspot of the 5G mobile phone case.
  • the 5G mobile phone case can be used as an AP (Wireless Access Point, wireless access access point) to use.
  • AP Wireless Access Point, wireless access access point
  • the user can enter the WLAN management interface of the mobile phone from the setting application of the 4G mobile phone, and then through operations in the WLAN management interface of the mobile phone, such as selecting the wireless network of the hotspot name of the 5G mobile phone case, and entering the corresponding password to connect to the 5G Hot spot for phone cases.
  • the 4G mobile phone can be used as a STA (Station, station) to access the 5G mobile phone case.
  • Fig. 7b is a schematic diagram of a communication connection exemplarily shown.
  • the Wi-Fi network card 1 in the 4G mobile phone and the Wi-Fi network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case can establish a Wi-Fi connection.
  • Fig. 7c is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
  • FIG. 7c reference may be made to the description of FIG. 5b above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the socket1 connection in Figure 7c is the data path between APP2-cellular network card 1-Modem1-service server
  • the socket2 connection can include socket2a connection and socket2b connection
  • the socket2a connection is APP2-Wi-Fi network card 1-Wi-Fi
  • the data path between network card 2-network agent service, socket2b connection is the data path between network agent service-cellular network card 2-Modem2-business server.
  • the Wi-Fi connection between the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi network card 2 may be a layer 3 (network layer) connection. Furthermore, after receiving the data, the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi network card 2 need to encapsulate the data according to the corresponding communication protocol, and then forward the encapsulated data.
  • the communication protocol between the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi network card 2 may be a TCP/IP protocol.
  • Fig. 7d is a schematic diagram exemplarily showing data transmission.
  • FIG. 7d reference may be made to the description of FIG. 6a above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the source IP address in the IP header (1) of the data A1 in FIG. 7c is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 1 such as r.s.t.u.
  • the source IP address in the IP header (2) is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 1
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 2.
  • the source port in the TCP header (2) is the port used in Wi-Fi network card 1 to communicate with Wi-Fi network card 2
  • the destination port is the port used in Wi-Fi network card 2 to communicate with Wi-Fi network card 1.
  • Fig. 7e is a schematic diagram exemplarily showing data transmission.
  • FIG. 7e reference may be made to the description of FIG. 6b above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the destination IP address in the IP header (1) of data B2 in FIG. 7c is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 1 such as r.s.t.u.
  • the destination IP address in the IP header (2) is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 1
  • the source IP address is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 2.
  • the destination port in the TCP header (2) is the port used in Wi-Fi network card 1 to communicate with Wi-Fi network card 2
  • the source port is the port used in Wi-Fi network card 2 to communicate with Wi-Fi network card 1.
  • the Wi-Fi connection between the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi network card 2 may be a layer 2 (data link layer) connection. Further, after receiving the data, the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi network card 2 can directly forward the data.
  • Fig. 8a is a schematic diagram exemplarily showing data transmission.
  • FIG. 8a Exemplarily, for FIG. 8a, reference may be made to the description of FIG. 6a above, and details are not repeated here.
  • Wi-Fi network card 1 can directly forward data A1 to Wi-Fi network card 2 without processing data A1, that is to say, The data received by Wi-Fi network card 2 is also data A1. Furthermore, the Wi-Fi network card 2 does not need to decapsulate the data A1, but directly sends the data A1 to the network proxy service.
  • Fig. 8b is a schematic diagram exemplarily showing data transmission.
  • FIG. 8b reference may be made to the description of FIG. 6b above, which will not be repeated here.
  • Wi-Fi network card 2 can directly forward data B2 to Wi-Fi network card 1 without processing data B2, that is to say, The data received by Wi-Fi network card 1 is also data B2. Furthermore, the Wi-Fi network card 1 does not need to decapsulate the data B2, but directly sends the data B2 to the APP2.
  • the 4G mobile phone can also establish a Wi-Fi P2P (Peer to Peer, peer-to-peer) connection with the 5G mobile phone case.
  • Wi-Fi P2P Peer to Peer, peer-to-peer
  • the user can enter the mobile phone case sharing interface by clicking the Huawei sharing option in FIG. 4(2); and click the application icon of the Huawei sharing application in the main interface of the 4G mobile phone to enter the mobile phone sharing interface. Then the user can operate in the mobile phone case sharing interface and the mobile phone sharing interface to establish a Wi-Fi P2P connection between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case.
  • socket2 connection can include socket2a connection and socket2b connection
  • socket2a connection is the data path between APP2—P2P network card 1—P2P network card 2—network agent service
  • socket2b connection is network agent service—cellular network card 2—Modem2—business server data path between them.
  • P2P network card 1 and P2P network card 1 process data please refer to Figure 7d and Figure 7e, or refer to Figure 8a and Figure 8b.
  • the 4G mobile phone can also establish a Bluetooth connection with the 5G mobile phone case.
  • the user can enter the mobile phone case Bluetooth management interface by clicking the Bluetooth management option in FIG. 4(2); and enter the mobile phone Bluetooth management interface from the setting application program of the 4G mobile phone. Then the user can operate in the Bluetooth management interface of the mobile phone case and the Bluetooth management interface of the mobile phone to establish a Bluetooth connection between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case.
  • socket2 connection can include socket2a connection and socket2b connection, socket2a connection is the data path between APP2-Bluetooth network card 1-Bluetooth network card 2-network proxy service, socket2b connection is network proxy service-cellular network card 2-Modem2-business server data path between them.
  • a possible scenario can be that the 4G mobile phone uses a Wi-Fi network, and the 5G mobile phone case uses a cellular network.
  • Cellular network for data interaction with service servers.
  • the socket1 established between APP2 and the business server may be a data channel between APP2—Wi-Fi network card 1—Wi-Fi hardware module 1—business server.
  • the 4G mobile phone uses a Wi-Fi network
  • the 5G mobile phone case uses a Wi-Fi network
  • the 4G mobile phone can cooperate with the Wi-Fi network connected to itself and the Wi-Fi network connected to the 5G mobile phone case.
  • -Fi network for data interaction with business servers.
  • the socket1 connection established between APP2 and the business server may be a data channel between APP2—Wi-Fi network card 1—Wi-Fi hardware module 1—business server.
  • the socket2 connection established between APP2 and the business server may be a data channel between APP2—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—network proxy service—Wi-Fi network card 2—Wi-Fi hardware module 2—business server.
  • the user clicks the WLAN management option 405 in Figure 4a(2), and the 4G mobile phone displays the WLAN management interface of the mobile phone case in response to the user's operation behavior; then the user operates in the WLAN management interface of the mobile phone case to control the 5G mobile phone case Connect to a Wi-Fi network. At this time, there is no need to activate the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case.
  • the 4G mobile phone can cooperate with its own cellular network and the Wi-Fi network connected to the 5G mobile phone case to communicate with the 5G mobile phone case.
  • the business server performs data interaction.
  • the socket1 connection established between APP2 and the service server may be a data channel between APP2-cellular network card 1-Modem1-service server.
  • the socket2 connection established between APP2 and the service server may be a data channel between APP2—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—network agent service—Wi-Fi network card 2—Wi-Fi hardware module 2—business server.
  • the 4G mobile phone can only use the Wi-Fi network (such as when the 4G mobile phone does not have a SIM card, or the SIM card has no call charges, or the SIM card is not in the service area, etc.), and the 5G mobile phone case uses the cellular network scenario
  • the application program of the signature type in the 4G mobile phone such as the financial APP (such as the banking business application)
  • the authentication type APP needs to send the source IP address and the authentication data together when sending the signature data to the business server.
  • the business server also needs to sign the source IP address in the data packet to determine whether the source IP address in the data packet is the IP address of the cellular network.
  • the authentication of the source IP address will not pass, and at this time, the user cannot use the authentication-type application program.
  • the 4G mobile phone uses the Wi-Fi network
  • the IP address of the Wi-Fi network card is used as the source IP address and packaged together with the signing data.
  • the authentication data sent by the 4G mobile phone through the socket2 connection the IP address of the Wi-Fi network card, the Bluetooth network card, the P2P network card or the USB network card is used as the source address, and the authentication data is packaged together.
  • the IP address of the Wi-Fi network card, the Bluetooth network card, the P2P network card, or the USB network card is not the address of the cellular network, so the service server will not pass the signature on the source IP address. Based on this, in the embodiment of the present application, after the cellular network card 2 of the 5G mobile phone case is established, a virtual cellular network card corresponding to the cellular network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case is constructed in the 4G mobile phone.
  • a TCP/IP connection with the business server can be established through the virtual cellular network card, and then the IP address of the virtual cellular network card can be used as the source IP address, and the signing data can be packaged together, through The TCP/IP connection is sent to the service server.
  • the service server can identify that the source IP address in the data packet is the address of the cellular network, thereby passing the authentication on the source IP address.
  • Fig. 9a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
  • the 5G mobile phone case can create a cellular network card 2 compatible with Modem2 in the 5G mobile phone, and the 5G mobile phone case can send a prompt message to the 4G mobile phone.
  • the information is used to prompt that the SIM2 in the 5G mobile phone case has been activated.
  • the 4G mobile phone can respond to the prompt information, construct a virtual cellular network card in the 4G mobile phone, and virtualize an IP address for the virtual cellular network card 2 according to the IP address of the cellular network card 2 .
  • the service server only verifies the first three segments of the source IP address, and then can offset the last segment of the IP address of the cellular network card 2 to obtain the virtual The address of the cellular network card.
  • the IP address of the cellular network card 2 is 100.100.100.5
  • the address of the virtual cellular network card may be 100.100.100.8. It should be noted that since the 5G mobile phone case is connected to the Internet through the cellular network, the data from the terminal to the server is still transmitted through the cellular data path, which will not cause data security problems.
  • Fig. 9b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
  • APP2 can establish a socket1 connection with the service server through the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi hardware module 1 in the 4G mobile phone.
  • the socket1 connection is the data path between APP2—Wi-Fi network card 1—Wi-Fi hardware module 1—the business server. It can be seen that the socket1 connection is essentially between APP2 and the business server A TCP/IP connection.
  • the source IP address of the socket1 connection is the IP address of the Wi-Fi network card 1
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server.
  • the source IP address of the socket1 connection is r.s.t.u
  • the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
  • APP2 can use the virtual cellular network card in the 4G mobile phone, the USB network card 1, the USB network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case, the network proxy service in the 5G mobile phone case, the cellular network card in the 5G mobile phone case Network card 2 and Modem 2 in the 5G mobile phone case establish a socket 2 connection with the business server.
  • the socket2 connection may include a socket2a connection and a socket2b connection.
  • the socket2a connection is created by APP2, which is a data path between APP2—virtual cellular network card—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—network proxy service.
  • the socket2b connection is created based on the socket2a connection trigger, and is the data path between the network proxy service-cellular network card 2-Modem2-business server. It can be seen that the socket2a connection and socket2b connection form another TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the business server.
  • the source IP address of the socket2a connection is the IP address of the virtual cellular network card
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server.
  • the source IP address of the socket2a connection is A.B.C.E
  • the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
  • the source IP address of the socket2b connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 2
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server.
  • the IP address of the cellular network card 2 is A.B.C.D
  • the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H
  • the source IP address of the socket2b connection is A.B.C.D
  • the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
  • APP2 may establish a socket connection with the service server by performing a three-way handshake with the service server.
  • the process of establishing the socket1 connection between APP2 and the service server can refer to the provisions in the existing protocol for details, and will not be repeated here.
  • the process of establishing the socket2 connection between APP2 and the service server is described as an example below.
  • Fig. 9c is a schematic diagram of data transmission exemplarily shown.
  • APP2 first sends a SYN (synchronize, synchronization) packet to the service server, and performs a first handshake with the service server.
  • the source data sent by APP2 is a SYN packet.
  • the SYN packet is added with a TCP header and an IP header, and is transmitted to the virtual cellular network card.
  • the SYN packet with the IP header and the TCP header added can be called data A1
  • the IP header added to the SYN packet can be called IP header (1)
  • the added TCP header will be called “A1” for SYN. is the TCP header (1).
  • the TCP header (1) may include a source port and a destination port, the source port is the port bound to the socket2a connection in the 4G mobile phone, such as PROT1, and the destination port is the port bound to the socket2 connection in the service server, such as PROT16.
  • the IP header (1) includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the source IP address is the IP address of the virtual cellular network card such as A.B.C.E, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server such as E.F.G.H.
  • the virtual cellular network card may directly forward the data A1 to the USB network card 1 without processing the data A1.
  • the TCP/IP protocol or UDP/IP User Datagram Protocol Internet Protocol, User Datagram Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • the USB connection may be a TCP/IP connection or a UDP/IP connection, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the USB connection between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case is an example of a TCP/IP connection for illustration.
  • the USB network card 1 After the USB network card 1 receives the data A1, it can encapsulate the corresponding TCP header (2) and IP header (2) for the data A1 according to the TCP/IP protocol between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2, Get data A2.
  • the TCP header (2) may also include a source port and a destination port, the source port is the port used for communicating with the USB network card 2 in the USB network card 1, and the destination port is used for communicating with the USB network card 1 in the USB network card 2 port.
  • the IP header (2) also includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the source IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 1, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 2.
  • the data A2 may be sent to the USB network card 2 based on the connection between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 .
  • the USB network card 2 can receive the data A2, and then can decapsulate the data A2, remove the IP header (2) and the TCP header (2) of the data A2, and obtain the data A3.
  • data A3 is substantially data A1.
  • the USB network card 2 can send the data A3 to the network proxy service.
  • the network proxy service After the network proxy service receives the data A3, it can perform NAT conversion on the data A3 to obtain the data A4.
  • performing NAT conversion on data A3 is to convert the source IP address in the IP header (1) in data A3 from the IP address of the virtual cellular network card to the IP address of cellular network card 2, and convert the source IP address in the TCP header (1) to the IP address of the cellular network card 2.
  • the source port is converted from the port bound to socket2a connection in the 4G mobile phone to the port bound to socket2b in the 5G mobile phone case.
  • the port bound to the socket2b connection in the 5G mobile phone case may be an unoccupied port in the 5G mobile phone case.
  • the source address in the IP header (1) of the obtained data A4 is A.B.C.D
  • the source port in the TCP header (1) is PROT0.
  • the network proxy service may record the network translation relationship, such as: A.B.C.E/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0.
  • the network proxy server can send the data A4 to the cellular network card 2, and the cellular network card 2 encapsulates the data A4, and then transmits the encapsulated data A4 to Modem2, and the encapsulated data A4 is transmitted to Modem2 by the Modem2.
  • the service server After corresponding processing is performed by A4, it is sent to the service server.
  • the business server can receive the SYN packet sent by APP2, and realize the first handshake between APP2 and the business server.
  • Fig. 9d is a schematic diagram of data transmission exemplarily shown.
  • the service server may return an ACK (ACKnowledge, confirmation) packet to APP2.
  • Modem2 of the 5G mobile phone case can receive the ACK packet returned by the service server, and then transmit the ACK packet to the cellular network card 2, and the cellular network card 2 can obtain data B1 after corresponding processing on the data sent by Modem2, as shown in Figure 9b shows.
  • the source data in the data B1 is an ACK packet.
  • the IP header (1) in the data B1 includes the source IP address and the destination IP address
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of the cellular network card 2 such as A.B.C.D
  • the source IP address is the IP address of the service server such as E.F.G.H
  • the TCP header (1) may include a source port and a destination port.
  • the destination port is the port bound to the socket2b connection in the 5G mobile phone case, such as PROT0
  • the source port is the port bound to the socket2 connection in the business server, such as PROT16.
  • the cellular network card 2 can send the data B1 to the network proxy service. Then the network proxy service performs NAT conversion on data B1 according to the recorded network conversion relationship, such as: A.B.C.E/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0, to obtain data B2.
  • the network proxy service performs NAT conversion on the data B1, essentially converting the destination address of the IP header (1) in the data B1 from A.B.C.D to A.B.C.E, and converting the destination port in the TCP header (1) from PROT0 to PROT1.
  • the network proxy service may send the data B2 to the USB network card 2 .
  • the USB network card 2 After the USB network card 2 receives the data B2, it can encapsulate the corresponding TCP header (2) and IP header (2) on the data B2 according to the TCP/IP protocol between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 to obtain the data B3.
  • the TCP header (2) may also include a source port and a destination port, the destination port is the port used for communicating with the USB network card 2 in the USB network card 1, and the source port is used for communicating with the USB network card 1 in the USB network card 2 port.
  • the IP header (2) also includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the destination IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 1, and the source IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 2.
  • the data may be sent to the USB network card 1 based on the connection between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 .
  • the USB network card 1 can receive the data B3, and then can decapsulate the data B3, remove the IP header (2) and the TCP header (2) of the data B3, and obtain the data B4.
  • data B4 is substantially data B2.
  • the USB network card 1 can send the data B4 to the virtual cellular network card according to the destination port of TCP(1) in the data B4.
  • the virtual cellular network card may forward the data B4 to APP2 without processing the data B4.
  • the IP header (1) and the TCP header (1) are removed, so the data received by APP2 is an ACK packet, so that the second handshake can be completed.
  • APP2 may send a SYN packet again to perform a third handshake with the service server, and reference may be made to the description of the above-mentioned first handshake process, which will not be repeated here.
  • the socket2 connection can be established.
  • APP2 can connect with the service server through socket1 and socket2, and perform data interaction in parallel.
  • APP2 is a financial application
  • the socket2 connection established by APP2 is a data channel between APP2—virtual cellular network card—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—network proxy service—cellular network card 2—Modem2—business server.
  • APP2 can use the account number and password entered by the user as authentication data, and then package the authentication data and the IP address of the virtual cellular network card, and pass the virtual cellular network card in the 4G mobile phone ⁇ USB network card 1 ⁇ USB network card 2 ⁇ network proxy service ⁇ cellular network card 2 ⁇ Modem2, send to the service server.
  • the service server After the service server receives the data packet, it can identify that the source IP address in the data packet is the address of the cellular network. At this time, the service server passes the signing of the source address of the data packet, and then can authenticate the authentication data .
  • a virtual cellular network card can also be established in the 4G mobile phone when the cellular network card 2 is established in the 5G mobile phone case, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the actual throughput rate of the socket2 connection can be monitored in real time while the 4G mobile phone uses the socket1 connection and the socket2 connection at the same time to perform data interaction with the business server in parallel.
  • the socket2 connection can be closed, and only the socket1 connection is used for data interaction with business data to reduce power consumption.
  • the preset throughput threshold may be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the actual throughput rate of the scoket1 connection is less than the preset throughput threshold, or the delay is greater than the preset delay threshold , you can close the socket1 connection, establish a socket2 connection, and exchange data with the business server through the socket2 connection.
  • the actual throughput rate of the socket2 connection can be monitored in real time.
  • the socket2 connection When it is detected that the actual throughput rate of the socket2 connection is less than the preset throughput threshold, the socket2 connection can be closed, the socket1 connection can be established again, and the socket1 connection can be used for data interaction with business data to reduce power consumption.
  • the preset delay threshold may be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Modem1 in the 5G mobile phone case and Modem2 in the 4G mobile phone are produced by the same manufacturer
  • SIM2 in the 5G mobile phone case is activated
  • the cellular network card 2 corresponding to Modem2 can be created in the 4G mobile phone, and also That is to say, the cellular network card is created at the remote end, but the 5G mobile phone case does not create a cellular network card locally.
  • the cellular network card 2 corresponding to the Modem 2 can be created at the local framework layer in the 4G mobile phone.
  • Fig. 10a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
  • the connection established between the 5G mobile phone case and the 4G mobile phone is a USB connection.
  • the 5G mobile phone case can respond to the activation instruction and activate the SIM2 card.
  • the 5G mobile phone case can use the SIM2 card to connect to the network.
  • the 5G mobile phone case can generate a network card creation instruction, and send the network card creation instruction to the 4G mobile phone through a USB connection with the 4G mobile phone.
  • the network creation instruction includes the IP address assigned by the base station to which the 5G mobile phone case is connected.
  • the 4G mobile phone can respond to the network card creation instruction, create a cellular network card 2 in the machine, and set the IP address of the cellular network card 2 as the 5G mobile phone included in the network creation instruction The IP address assigned by the base station to which the shell is connected.
  • Fig. 10b is a schematic diagram of a communication connection exemplarily shown.
  • APP2 can establish a socket1 connection with the service server through the cellular network card 1 and Modem1 in the 4G mobile phone.
  • the socket1 connection is a data path between APP2-cellular network card 1-Modem1-service server. It can be seen that the socket1 connection is essentially a TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the service server.
  • the source IP address of the socket1 connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 1
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server.
  • the IP address of the cellular network card 1 is a.b.c.d
  • the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H
  • the source IP address of the socket1 connection is a.b.c.d
  • the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
  • APP2 can establish socket2 with the service server through cellular network card 2, USB network card 1 in the 4G mobile phone, USB network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case, and Modem2 in the 5G mobile phone case. connect.
  • the socket2 connection may be a data path between APP2—cellular network card 2—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—Modem2—service server. It can be seen that the socket2 connection is essentially another TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the business server.
  • the source IP address of the socket2 connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 2
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server.
  • the IP address of the cellular network card 2 is A.B.C.D
  • the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H
  • the source IP address of the socket2 connection is A.B.C.D
  • the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
  • the cellular network card 2 after the cellular network card 2 receives the data A1, it can encapsulate the data A1, encapsulate the data A1 into data recognizable by Modem2, such as data A1', and then send the data A1' to USB network card1. Then, the processing procedures of the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 can refer to the above description for FIG. 9 c , and will not be repeated here. Exemplarily, assume that the USB network card 2 obtains the data A3' after decapsulating. At this time, the data A3' can be transferred to the Modem2 by the data transfer module, and the network proxy service is not required to perform NAT conversion on the data A3'. Similarly, after Modem 2 receives the data, the data transfer module can transfer the data to the USB network card 2 without performing NAT conversion on the data source.
  • mobile phone A can establish a connection with mobile phone B, so that mobile phone A can cooperate with its own cellular capabilities (or wireless communication capability) and the cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) of mobile phone B to interact with the service server for data, thereby increasing bandwidth and reducing data transmission delay.
  • mobile phone A and mobile phone B are both 4G mobile phones, or mobile phone A and mobile phone B are both 5G mobile phones, or mobile phone A and mobile phone B are both 6G mobile phones, and so on.
  • mobile phone A is a 4G mobile phone
  • mobile phone B is a 5G mobile phone
  • mobile phone A is a 5G mobile phone
  • mobile phone B is a 6G mobile phone, and so on. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the wireless communication technology used by mobile phone A and mobile phone B.
  • the operator of the SIM card of mobile phone A is the first operator
  • the operator of the SIM card of mobile phone B is the second operator
  • the first operators may be the same or different, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of connections shown by way of example.
  • mobile phone A can establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B. It should be understood that mobile phone A and mobile phone B can also establish one of Wi-Fi P2P connection, Bluetooth connection and USB connection, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the connection method between mobile phone A and mobile phone B.
  • Fig. 12a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interface.
  • 1201 is the main interface of mobile phone A, and the main interface 1201 of mobile phone A includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: application icons (for example, application icons of Huawei sharing applications, browsing application icon of the browser application, application icon 1202 of the settings application, network identification, battery identification, and the like.
  • application icons for example, application icons of Huawei sharing applications, browsing application icon of the browser application, application icon 1202 of the settings application, network identification, battery identification, and the like.
  • the setting interface 1203 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to: account options, Bluetooth options, mobile network options, desktop and wallpaper options, traffic sharing options 1204, network card management options, application management options, etc. .
  • the traffic sharing interface 1205 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to: a request sharing option 1206 , an active sharing option 1207 , and a traffic management option 1208 .
  • the switch state corresponding to the active sharing option in the traffic sharing interface of mobile phone B is off
  • the switch state of the request sharing option 1206 in the traffic sharing interface 1205 of mobile phone A is off
  • the user can slide the mobile phone In A's traffic sharing interface 1205, switch the request sharing option 1206 to request mobile phone B to share the data path of mobile phone B.
  • mobile phone A may send sharing request information to mobile phone B in response to the user's operation behavior, and the sharing request information is used to request to share the data channel.
  • mobile phone B may display a sharing request prompt interface.
  • the sharing request prompt interface includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: consent option and rejection option.
  • the sharing request prompt interface may also display sharing request information, such as "mobile phone A requests to share the mobile network of the mobile phone".
  • mobile phone A cannot share the data channel of mobile phone B through the Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B.
  • the application program of mobile phone A can establish a socket1 connection with the service server based on its own cellular network card 1 and Modem1 , and mobile phone A can establish a socket2 connection with the service server based on Wi-Fi network card 1, Wi-Fi network card 2, network proxy service, cellular network card 2 and Modem2.
  • the process of establishing socket1 connection and socket2 connection between mobile phone A and mobile phone B can refer to the above description of the process of establishing socket1 connection and socket2 connection between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case, and will not be repeated here.
  • the application program in mobile phone A connects through socket1 and socket2, and performs data interaction with the business server in parallel.
  • mobile phone B when the switch state corresponding to the active sharing option in the traffic sharing interface of mobile phone B is on, then after mobile phone A and mobile phone B establish Wi-Fi, mobile phone B receives the sharing request information sent by mobile phone A, and directly sends Mobile phone A returns the response information of agreeing to sharing, without displaying the sharing request prompt interface on mobile phone B, and without requiring the user to operate in the sharing request prompt interface.
  • the user can click the traffic management option 1208 in Figure 12a(3), and the mobile phone will display the traffic management interface in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in Figure 12a (4) as shown in 1209.
  • the traffic management interface may include one or more controls, including but not limited to a traffic buying option 1210 and a traffic selling option 1211 .
  • Users can browse the traffic sales rules and traffic prices on the traffic sales interface, and then sell traffic according to their needs.
  • the switch of the active sharing option 1207 in FIG. 12a(2) may be automatically set to an on state without manual operation by the user.
  • the user may click on the data purchase option 1210, and the mobile phone displays a data purchase interface in response to the user's operation behavior. Users can browse the traffic purchase rules and traffic prices on the traffic purchase interface, and then purchase traffic according to their needs.
  • the switch requesting sharing selection 1206 in FIG. 12a(2) may be automatically set to an on state without manual operation by the user.
  • Fig. 12b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
  • FIG. 12b reference may be made to the description of FIG. 5b, which will not be repeated here.
  • socket3 connection may refer to the data path between APP2-network proxy service-cellular network card 2-Modem2-service server in mobile phone B.
  • the source IP address of the socket3 connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 2, namely A.B.C.D.
  • the destination address of the socket3 connection is the address of the business server. If APP2 in mobile phone A and APP2 in mobile phone B are the same APP, then the service server connected to socket3 and the service server connected to socket2 may be the same server. At this time, the destination address of socket3 connection can be E.F.G.H.
  • the network proxy server recognizes that the data is the data of the application layer in mobile phone B, and can directly send the data to the cellular network without performing NAT conversion on the data.
  • Network card 2 and then send it to the service server through Modem2.
  • the cellular network card 2 may receive data A of APP2 in mobile phone A returned by the service server, and data B of APP2 in mobile phone B returned by the service server.
  • data A is shown in Table 1:
  • data B is shown in Table 2:
  • the source IP address and destination IP address in data A are the same as the source IP address and destination IP address in data B, but the port bound to the socket3 connection in mobile phone B is the same as the port bound to the socket2b connection
  • the specified ports are different; therefore, the network proxy service can perform NAT conversion according to the pre-recorded network conversion relationship, according to the destination IP address and destination port of the received data, so as to determine whether to send the data received by the cellular network card 2 to USB network card 1, or send to APP2 in mobile phone B.
  • the network proxy service can convert data A to data C, as shown in Table 3:
  • the network proxy service can send the data C to the USB network card 1, and then can refer to FIG. 6b to transmit the data C to the APP2 in the mobile phone A. Since there is no corresponding network conversion relationship for data B, the network proxy service can send data B to APP2 in mobile phone B.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic connection schematic diagram shown by way of example.
  • mobile phone A can establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B, and establish a Bluetooth connection with mobile phone C.
  • mobile phone A can cooperate with its own cellular capability (or wireless communication capability), mobile phone B's cellular capability (or wireless communication capability), and mobile phone C's cellular capability (or wireless communication capability), and perform data interaction with the server, thereby increasing the bandwidth. , to reduce the data transmission delay.
  • the application program of mobile phone A can establish a socket1 connection with the service server based on its own cellular network card 1 and Modem1, and the application program of mobile phone A can be based on the Wi-Fi network card 1 in mobile phone A and the Wi-Fi network card in mobile phone B.
  • Network card 2 the network agent service in mobile phone B, cellular network card 2 in mobile phone B and Modem 2 in mobile phone B, establish a socket2 connection with the service server, and the application program of mobile phone A can be based on Bluetooth network card 1 in mobile phone A and mobile phone C.
  • the bluetooth network card 2 in the mobile phone C, the network proxy service in the mobile phone C, the cellular network card 2 in the mobile phone C and the Modem 2 in the mobile phone C establish a socket3 connection with the business server. Reference may be made to the description above, and details are not repeated here.
  • mobile phone A can establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B and establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone C.
  • Mobile phone A can also establish a Bluetooth connection with mobile phone B, and establish a Bluetooth connection with mobile phone C.
  • Mobile phone A can also be connected via USB, and establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone C.
  • Mobile phone A can establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B, and establish a USB connection with mobile phone C, etc.;
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of mobile phones connected to the mobile phone A, that is, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of mobile phone data paths that the mobile phone A uses.
  • mobile phone A when mobile phone A is connected to mobile phone B and mobile phone C through Wi-Fi, mobile phone A may include at least two Wi-Fi network cards, one Wi-Fi network card is connected to the Wi-Fi network card in mobile phone B, Another Wi-Fi network card is connected with the Wi-Fi network card in mobile phone C.
  • mobile phone A may only include one Wi-Fi network card, which can serve as an AP, and the Wi-Fi network card in mobile phone B and the Wi-Fi network card in mobile phone C are connected to the Wi-Fi network card of mobile phone A.
  • mobile phone A is also equipped with a distribution module.
  • the distribution module can distribute the business data to mobile phone B or mobile phone C according to the preset distribution rules.
  • the distribution rule can be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the offloading module determines to offload the business data to mobile phone B, it can add IP header (2) and TCP header (2) to the received data in the manner shown in Figure 7d, wherein the purpose in IP header (2)
  • the IP address is the IP address of the Wi-Fi network card in the mobile phone B
  • the destination port in the TCP header (2) is the port communicating with the Wi-Fi network card of the mobile phone B in the Wi-Fi network card of the mobile phone A.
  • the offloading module determines to offload the service data to the mobile phone B, it adds an IP header (2) and a TCP header (2) to the received data in the manner shown in Figure 7d, wherein the destination IP in the IP header (2)
  • the address is the IP address of the Wi-Fi network card in the mobile phone C
  • the destination port in the TCP header (2) is the port in the Wi-Fi network card of the mobile phone A that communicates with the Wi-Fi network card of the mobile phone C.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic connection schematic diagram shown by way of example.
  • a tablet computer can establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B, so that the tablet computer can coordinate its own wireless communication capabilities with the cellular capabilities of the mobile phone (or wireless communication capability) to interact with the server to increase bandwidth and reduce data transmission delay.
  • the authentication APP in the tablet computer can connect the tablet computer to the mobile phone's Wi-Fi, use the cellular capability of the mobile phone, and perform data interaction with the service server.
  • the service server For this, reference may be made to the description above, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application can match corresponding network cards for different application programs based on the application type, network card performance and user preferences, so as to improve user experience.
  • the application type may include at least one of the following: high-throughput type, low-latency type, low-cost type, and balanced type. It should be understood that the application type may also include other types, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interface.
  • the user can click on the network card management option in FIG. 12a(2), and the mobile phone displays the network card management interface in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in 1501 in FIG. 15(1).
  • the network card management interface 1501 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to: cellular network card 1 management option 1502, cellular network card 2 management option, virtual cellular network card 1 management option, virtual cellular network card 2 management option and Wi- Fi network card management options, etc.
  • the user clicks on the management option 1502 of the cellular network card 1, and the mobile phone displays the management interface of the cellular network card 1 in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in 1503 in FIG. 15(2).
  • the management interface 1503 of the cellular network card 1 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to status options, priority options, user preference options, traffic accounting options, and the like.
  • the user can turn on or turn off the cellular network card 1 by sliding the switch of the status option.
  • the user clicks on the user preference option to enter the preference setting interface, and then set the preference for the cellular network card 1 in the preference setting interface.
  • the user clicks on the traffic billing option to enter the traffic billing details interface and view the traffic billing details.
  • the management interface 1503 of the cellular network card 1 also displays performance information of the cellular network card 1, including but not limited to: bandwidth, delay, packet loss rate, stability, and the like.
  • the network card performance of the network card can be detected, the network card performance information of the network card can be obtained, and the corresponding network card can be added in Figure 15(1) Management options.
  • the user may click on the application management option in FIG. 12a(2), and the mobile phone displays the application management interface in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in 1504 in FIG. 15(3).
  • the application management interface 1504 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to: application 1 management option 1505, application 2 management option, application 3 management option, application 4 management option, application 5 management Options and Apps 6 Manage options and more.
  • the management interface 1506 of the application program 1 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to network card binding options, application type setting options, and the like.
  • the user may enter the network card binding option interface for the user network card binding option, and then set the network card bound to the application in the network card binding option interface.
  • users can set the virtual cellular network card created based on the cellular network card in the 5G mobile phone or 5G mobile phone case as the network card bound to the high-throughput application.
  • the user can set the Wi-Fi network card 1 connected to the Wi-Fi network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone or the 5G mobile phone case to be bound to the high-throughput application network card.
  • a 4G mobile phone includes two SIM cards: a SIMA card and a SIMB card.
  • the SIMA card in the 4G mobile phone has applied for a specific application-free streaming package
  • the SIMA card in the 4G mobile phone can be set as a network card bound to a specific application.
  • the user can set the Wi-Fi network card 1 connected to Wi-Fi network card 2 in the tablet computer to low traffic consumption on the tablet.
  • the NIC to which the application is bound.
  • the electronic device may determine the application type of the application program.
  • the electronic device may determine the application type of the application program according to the type information carried by the application program.
  • the electronic device can also determine the application type of the application program according to the feedback information of the users in the whole network on the application program, and so on.
  • the electronic device can determine the application type of the newly added application program, and add corresponding application program management options in the application management interface of FIG. 15(3).
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary data processing flow.
  • a network card matching the application program may be selected from multiple network cards of the mobile phone that can be connected to the service server to establish the socket connection.
  • the network card for establishing the socket connection may be assigned to the application preferentially according to the user settings.
  • the mobile phone can allocate a network card for establishing a socket connection to the application program according to the network performance of each network card and the application type corresponding to the application program.
  • the mobile phone may store configuration information of the network card corresponding to the application.
  • the network card configuration information corresponding to the application program may be searched first. If the network card configuration information corresponding to the application is found, it means that the user has set a bound network card for the application; at this time, S1602 can be executed. If the network card configuration information corresponding to the application program is not found, it means that the user does not have a network card that is not bound to the application program settings; at this time, S1604 can be executed.
  • S1602. Determine the network card bound to the application program according to the network card configuration information.
  • the network card bound to the application may be determined according to the network card configuration information.
  • a socket connection can be established for the application based on the network card bound to the application.
  • the application program can establish a socket connection on the network card bound by the user to communicate with the service server, thereby meeting the user's requirements for the corresponding communication capabilities of the application program and improving user experience.
  • users can set the virtual cellular network card created based on the cellular network card in the 5G mobile phone or 5G mobile phone case as the network card bound to the high-throughput application.
  • the user can set the Wi-Fi network card 1 connected to the Wi-Fi network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone or the 5G mobile phone case to be bound to the high-throughput application network card.
  • a 4G mobile phone includes two SIM cards: a SIMA card and a SIMB card.
  • the SIMA card in the 4G mobile phone has applied for a specific application-free streaming package
  • the SIMA card in the 4G mobile phone can be set as a network card bound to a specific application.
  • the user can set the Wi-Fi network card 1 connected to Wi-Fi network card 2 in the tablet computer to low traffic consumption on the tablet.
  • the NIC to which the application is bound.
  • the network card in the mobile phone may include a network card that can directly perform data interaction with the service server, for example, the cellular network card 1 in FIG. 5b, and the Wi-Fi network card 1 in FIG. 9b.
  • the network card in the mobile phone may also include a network card that performs data interaction with the service server through a connection with the network card in another electronic device, such as the USB network card 1 in Figure 5b, and the Wi-Fi network card in Figure 7b 1, the virtual cellular network card in Figure 9a, and the cellular network card 2 in Figure 10b.
  • a network card that performs data interaction with the service server through a connection with the network card in another electronic device, such as the USB network card 1 in Figure 5b, and the Wi-Fi network card in Figure 7b 1, the virtual cellular network card in Figure 9a, and the cellular network card 2 in Figure 10b.
  • the application type of the application program and the network performance information of each network card may be obtained.
  • the mobile phone may store the type setting information corresponding to the application program.
  • the application type set by the user for the application program can be obtained from the type setting information; when the type setting information corresponding to the application program is not found, then The application type determined by the system for the application program may be obtained, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network performance information of each network card is used for calculation, and the score of each network card in the dimension corresponding to the application type is determined. Then, according to the score of each network card in the dimension corresponding to the application type, the optimal network card is matched for the application.
  • the network performance information may include at least one of the following: bandwidth, delay, packet loss rate, and charging unit price. It should be understood that the network card performance information may also include more or fewer parameters than the parameters shown above, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the score of each network card in the throughput dimension can be calculated according to the network performance information of each network card, and the following formula can be referred to:
  • F_IO a1*bandwidth+a2*rtt+a3*lossrate+a4*unitprice
  • F_IO represents the score of the network in the throughput dimension
  • bandwidth is the bandwidth level (the larger the bandwidth, the higher the level)
  • rtt is the delay level (the smaller the delay, the higher the level)
  • lossrate is the packet loss rate level ( The smaller the packet loss rate, the higher the level)
  • unitprice is the billing unit price level (the lower the unit price, the higher the level).
  • a1 is the weight corresponding to the bandwidth level
  • a2 is the weight corresponding to the delay level
  • a3 is the weight corresponding to the packet loss rate level
  • a4 is the weight corresponding to the billing unit price level
  • a1 can be set relatively high to increase the weight of the network card throughput level.
  • the network card with the largest F_IO (that is, the highest throughput rate) may be selected as the optimal network card matching the application.
  • the score of each network card in the delay dimension can be calculated according to the network performance information of each network card, and the following formula can be referred to:
  • F_LATENCY b1*bandwidth+b2*rtt+b3*lossrate+b4*unitprice
  • F_LATENCY represents the score of the network in the delay dimension
  • bandwidth is the bandwidth level (the larger the bandwidth, the higher the level)
  • rtt is the delay level (the smaller the delay, the higher the level)
  • lossrate is the packet loss rate level (loss The smaller the package rate, the higher the level)
  • unitprice is the billing unit price level (the lower the unit price, the higher the level).
  • b1 is the weight corresponding to the bandwidth level
  • b2 is the weight corresponding to the delay level
  • b3 is the weight corresponding to the packet loss rate level
  • b4 is the weight corresponding to the billing unit price level
  • b2 may be set relatively high to increase the weight of the latency level of the network card, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network card with the largest F_LATENCY (that is, the lowest latency) may be selected as the optimal network card matching the application.
  • the score of each network card in the cost dimension can be calculated according to the network performance information of each network card, and the following formula can be referred to:
  • F_COST c1*bandwidth+c2*rtt+c3*lossrate+c4*unitprice
  • F_COST represents the score of the network in the delay dimension
  • bandwidth is the bandwidth level (the larger the bandwidth, the higher the level)
  • rtt is the delay level (the smaller the delay, the higher the level)
  • lossrate is the packet loss rate level (loss The smaller the package rate, the higher the level)
  • unitprice is the billing unit price level (the lower the unit price, the higher the level).
  • c1 is the weight corresponding to the bandwidth level
  • c2 is the weight corresponding to the delay level
  • c3 is the weight corresponding to the packet loss rate level
  • c4 may be set relatively high to increase the weight of the charging price level, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network card with the largest F_COST (that is, the lowest traffic fee) may be selected as the optimal network card matching the application.
  • the score of each network card on performance balance can be calculated according to the network performance information of each network card, and the following formula can be referred to:
  • F_BALANCE d1*bandwidth+d2*rtt+d3*lossrate+d4*unitprice
  • F_BALANCE represents the network performance balance score
  • bandwidth is the bandwidth level (the larger the bandwidth, the higher the level)
  • rtt is the delay level (the smaller the delay, the higher the level)
  • lossrate is the packet loss rate level (loss The smaller the package rate, the higher the level)
  • unitprice is the billing unit price level (the lower the unit price, the higher the level).
  • d1 is the weight corresponding to the bandwidth level
  • d2 is the weight corresponding to the delay level
  • d3 is the weight corresponding to the packet loss rate level
  • d4 is the weight corresponding to the billing unit price level
  • the network card with the largest F_BALANCE (that is, the most balanced indicators) may be selected as the optimal network card matching the application.
  • the priority information of each network card can also be obtained, and then based on the priority information of each network card, and the score in the dimension corresponding to the application type of each network card and the application program, to provide The application program matches the optimal network card, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • a socket connection can be established for the application based on the optimal network card that matches the application.
  • the application program can establish a socket connection on the optimal network card that matches it, and communicate with the service server, thereby meeting the communication capability requirements of various types of application programs and improving user experience.
  • the virtual cellular network card created based on the cellular network card in the 5G mobile phone or the 5G mobile phone case can be used as the optimal network card matching the high-throughput application program.
  • Wi-Fi network card 1 connected to Wi-Fi network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone or 5G mobile phone case can be used as the optimal network card.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1700 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1700 may include: a processor 1701 and a transceiver/transceiving pin 1702 , and optionally, a memory 1703 .
  • bus 1704 includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus in addition to a data bus.
  • the various buses are referred to as bus 1704 in the figure.
  • the memory 1703 may be used for the instructions in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 1701 can be used to execute instructions in the memory 1703, and control the receiving pin to receive signals, and control the sending pin to send signals.
  • the apparatus 1700 may be the electronic device or the chip of the electronic device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer storage medium, where computer instructions are stored in the computer storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on the electronic device, the electronic device is made to execute the above related method steps to implement the communication method in the above embodiment.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned related steps, so as to implement the communication method in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a device, which may specifically be a chip, a component or a module, and the device may include a connected processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, The processor can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the communication methods in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the electronic device, computer storage medium, computer program product or chip provided in this embodiment is all used to execute the corresponding method provided above, therefore, the beneficial effects it can achieve can refer to the corresponding method provided above The beneficial effects in the method will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or It may be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • a unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and a component shown as a unit may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, which may be located in one place or distributed to multiple different places. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
  • an integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium Among them, several instructions are included to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk.
  • the steps of the methods or algorithms described in connection with the disclosure of the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of a processor executing software instructions.
  • the software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), erasable programmable read-only memory ( Erasable Programmable ROM, EPROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
  • the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer And Data Communications (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and an electronic device. The method comprises: dividing service data of an application in a first electronic device into first source data and second source data; and then, on the one hand, sending the first source data to a service server by means of a first network card in the first electronic device; on the other hand, sending the second source data to a second network card in the first electronic device, sending the second source data to a third network card by means of the connection between the second network card and the third network card in a second electronic device, and the third network card sending the second source data to the service server by means of a fourth network card in the second electronic device. In this way, the first electronic device can interact with the service server in parallel on the basis of a data path of the first electronic device and a data path of the second electronic device, thereby increasing the bandwidth and reducing the transmission delay.

Description

通信方法及电子设备Communication method and electronic device
本申请要求于2021年09月13日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202111069980.7、申请名称为“通信方法、系统及电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on September 13, 2021, with the application number 202111069980.7 and the application title "Communication method, system and electronic equipment", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference Applying.
技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及电子设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and in particular, to a communication method and electronic equipment.
背景技术Background technique
随着电子技术及通信技术的发展,以及人们生活水平的提高,电子产品(如手机、平板电脑等)早已经普及到千家万户。With the development of electronic technology and communication technology, and the improvement of people's living standards, electronic products (such as mobile phones, tablet computers, etc.) have already spread to thousands of households.
然而很多场景下(例如,在对于信号覆盖欠佳的住宅,又如,在大话务量场景(如旅游景区)等),单个电子设备的通信能力无法满足用户需求。However, in many scenarios (for example, in residences with poor signal coverage, or in scenarios with heavy traffic (such as tourist attractions), etc.), the communication capability of a single electronic device cannot meet user needs.
发明内容Contents of the invention
为了解决上述技术问题,本申请提供一种通信方法及电子设备。在该方法中,第一电子设备可以协同自身的通信能力和第二电子设备的通信能力,与服务器进行数据交互,从而能够增加带宽,降低数据传输时延。In order to solve the above technical problems, the present application provides a communication method and electronic equipment. In this method, the first electronic device can cooperate with the communication capability of itself and the communication capability of the second electronic device to perform data interaction with the server, thereby increasing the bandwidth and reducing the data transmission delay.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于第一电子设备,该方法包括:首先,将第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据,划分为第一源数据和第二源数据。接着,一方面,将第一源数据,通过第一电子设备中第一网卡发送至对应的业务服务器;另一方面,将第二源数据发送至第一电子设备中第二网卡,通过第二网卡与第二电子设备中第三网卡之间的连接,将第二源数据发送至第三网卡,以由第三网卡通过第二电子设备中第四网卡,将第二源数据发送至业务服务器。这样,第一电子设备能够基于自身的数据通路和第二电子设备的数据通路,并行向业务服务器发送数据,能够增加上行带宽,降低上行传输时延。In the first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method applied to the first electronic device, the method includes: first, dividing the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into first source data and second source data . Then, on the one hand, the first source data is sent to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; on the other hand, the second source data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device, and the second The connection between the network card and the third network card in the second electronic device, sending the second source data to the third network card, so that the third network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fourth network card in the second electronic device . In this way, the first electronic device can send data to the service server in parallel based on its own data path and the data path of the second electronic device, which can increase uplink bandwidth and reduce uplink transmission delay.
示例性的,应用程序为支持多流并发的应用程序,其中,支持多流并发的应用程序可以是指可以并行建立多个TCP/IP(Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol,传输控制协议/网际协议)连接的应用程序,如视频应用、游戏应用、直播应用等等。Exemplary, the application program is an application program supporting multi-stream concurrency, wherein, the application program supporting multi-stream concurrency may refer to the establishment of multiple TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol, Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) in parallel Connected apps such as video apps, game apps, live streaming apps, and more.
示例性的,应用程序可以通过第一网卡,与业务服务器建立一TCP/IP连接,进而可以通过第一网卡向业务服务器发送数据。Exemplarily, the application program can establish a TCP/IP connection with the service server through the first network card, and then can send data to the service server through the first network card.
示例性的,应用程序可以通过第二网卡、第三网卡和第四网卡,与业务服务器建立另一TCP/IP连接,进而可以依次通过第二网卡、第三网卡和第四网卡,向业务服务器发送数据。Exemplarily, the application program can establish another TCP/IP connection with the service server through the second network card, the third network card and the fourth network card, and then can send to the service server through the second network card, the third network card and the fourth network card in sequence. send data.
示例性的,第一电子设备包括手机、平板电脑、PC(Personal Computer,个人计算 机)、手表等。Exemplarily, the first electronic device includes a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a PC (Personal Computer, a personal computer), a watch, and the like.
示例性的,第二电子设备包括手机、平板电脑、PC(Personal Computer,个人计算机)、手表等。Exemplarily, the second electronic device includes a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a PC (Personal Computer, personal computer), a watch, and the like.
示例性的,第二电子设备包括手机壳、平板电脑保护壳,手表保护壳等。Exemplarily, the second electronic device includes a mobile phone case, a protective case for a tablet computer, a protective case for a watch, and the like.
示例性的,第二源数据为图6a中的源数据。Exemplarily, the second source data is the source data in Fig. 6a.
示例性的,第二源数据为图7d中的源数据。Exemplarily, the second source data is the source data in Fig. 7d.
示例性的,第二源数据为图8a中的源数据。Exemplarily, the second source data is the source data in Fig. 8a.
根据第一方面,第二源数据包括一组或多组;第二电子设备包括一个或多个,每组第二源数据对应发送至一个第二电子设备中第三网卡。According to the first aspect, the second source data includes one or more groups; the second electronic device includes one or more groups, and each group of second source data is correspondingly sent to a third network card in a second electronic device.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,将第二源数据,发送至第一电子设备中第二网卡,包括:将第二网卡的网际互连协议IP地址作为源IP地址,以及将业务服务器的IP地址作为目的IP地址,对第二源数据进行封装,得到第一传输数据;将第一传输数据发送至第二网卡。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, sending the second source data to the second network card in the first electronic device includes: using the Internet Protocol IP address of the second network card as the source IP address, and use the IP address of the service server as the destination IP address to encapsulate the second source data to obtain the first transmission data; and send the first transmission data to the second network card.
示例性的,第一传输数据为图6a中的数据A1。Exemplarily, the first transmission data is the data A1 in Fig. 6a.
示例性的,第一传输数据为图7d中的数据A1。Exemplarily, the first transmission data is the data A1 in Fig. 7d.
示例性的,第一传输数据为图8a中的数据A1。Exemplarily, the first transmission data is the data A1 in Fig. 8a.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,通过第二网卡与第二电子设备中第三网卡之间的连接,将第二源数据发送至第三网卡,以由第三网卡通过第二电子设备中第四网卡,将第二源数据发送至业务服务器,包括:通过第二网卡与第三网卡之间的连接,将第一传输数据发送至第三网卡,以由第三网卡将第一传输数据发送至第二电子设备中网络代理服务,由网络代理服务将第一传输数据的源IP地址转换为第四网卡的IP地址,得到第二传输数据以及通过第四网卡将第二传输数据发送至业务服务器。这样,能够实现通过第二电子设备将第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据发送至业务服务器。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, the second source data is sent to the third network card through the connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device, so that the third network card The network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fourth network card in the second electronic device, including: sending the first transmission data to the third network card through the connection between the second network card and the third network card, so that the second network card The three network cards send the first transmission data to the network proxy service in the second electronic device, and the network proxy service converts the source IP address of the first transmission data into the IP address of the fourth network card to obtain the second transmission data and pass through the fourth network card Send the second transmission data to the service server. In this way, the service data of the application program in the first electronic device can be sent to the service server through the second electronic device.
示例性的,当第二电子设备包括多个时,第一电子设备可以包括多个第二网卡,每个第二网卡与一个第二电子设备的第三网卡连接。这样,可以通过一个第二网卡与一个第二电子设备中第三网卡的连接,将一组第二源数据,发送至一个第二电子设备的第三网卡。Exemplarily, when there are multiple second electronic devices, the first electronic device may include multiple second network cards, and each second network card is connected to a third network card of a second electronic device. In this way, a group of second source data can be sent to the third network card of the second electronic device through the connection between the second network card and the third network card of the second electronic device.
示例性的,第二传输数据为图8a中的数据A2。Exemplarily, the second transmission data is the data A2 in Fig. 8a.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,通过第二网卡与第二电子设备中第三网卡之间的连接,将第二源数据发送至第三网卡,以由第三网卡通过第二电子设备中第四网卡,将第二源数据发送至业务服务器,包括:由第二网卡将第二网卡的IP地址作为源IP地址,以及将第三网卡的IP地址作为目的IP地址,对第一传输数据进行封装,得到第三传输数据;通过第二网卡与第三网卡之间的连接,将第三传输数据发 送至第三网卡,以由第三网卡对第三传输数据中第二网卡封装的信息进行解封装,得到第四传输数据以及将第四传输数据发送至第二电子设备中网络代理服务,由网络代理服务将第四传输数据的源IP地址转换为第四网卡的IP地址,通过第四网卡将地址转换后的第四传输数据发送至业务服务器。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, the second source data is sent to the third network card through the connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device, so that the third network card The network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fourth network card in the second electronic device, including: using the IP address of the second network card as the source IP address by the second network card, and using the IP address of the third network card as the destination IP address Address, to encapsulate the first transmission data to obtain the third transmission data; through the connection between the second network card and the third network card, send the third transmission data to the third network card, so that the third network card can send the third transmission data The information encapsulated by the second network card in the device is decapsulated to obtain the fourth transmission data and send the fourth transmission data to the network proxy service in the second electronic device, and the network proxy service converts the source IP address of the fourth transmission data into the fourth The IP address of the network card, and the fourth transmission data after the address conversion is sent to the service server through the fourth network card.
示例性的,当第二电子设备包括多个时,第一电子设备包括多个第二网卡,每个第二网卡与一个第二电子设备的第三网卡连接。这样,可以通过一个第二网卡与一个第二电子设备中第三网卡的连接,将一组第二源数据,发送至一个第二电子设备的第三网卡。Exemplarily, when there are multiple second electronic devices, the first electronic device includes multiple second network cards, and each second network card is connected to a third network card of one second electronic device. In this way, a group of second source data can be sent to the third network card of the second electronic device through the connection between the second network card and the third network card of the second electronic device.
示例性的,当第二电子设备包括多个时,第一电子设备包括一个第二网卡,该第二网卡与多个第二电子设备的第三网卡连接,这样,能够实现将一组第二源数据发送至一个第二电子设备的第三网卡中。Exemplarily, when there are multiple second electronic devices, the first electronic device includes a second network card, and the second network card is connected to the third network cards of multiple second electronic devices. In this way, a group of second The source data is sent to a third network card of a second electronic device.
示例性的,第三传输数据为图6a中的数据A2,第四传输数据为图6a中的数据A3,地址转换后的第四传输数据为图6a中的数据A4。Exemplarily, the third transmission data is data A2 in FIG. 6a, the fourth transmission data is data A3 in FIG. 6a, and the fourth transmission data after address conversion is data A4 in FIG. 6a.
示例性的,第一传输数据为图7d中的数据A2,第四传输数据为图7d中的数据A3,地址转换后的第四传输数据为图7d中的数据A4。Exemplarily, the first transmission data is data A2 in FIG. 7d, the fourth transmission data is data A3 in FIG. 7d, and the fourth transmission data after address conversion is data A4 in FIG. 7d.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,第一网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、蜂窝网卡;According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, the first network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, cellular network card;
第二网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡;The second network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
第三网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡;The third network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
第四网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、蜂窝网卡。The fourth network card includes at least one of the following: a wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card and a cellular network card.
可选地,第一网卡为图5b中的蜂窝网卡1,第二网卡为图5b中的USB(Universal Serial Bus,通用串行总线)网卡1,第三网卡为图5b中的USB网卡2,第四网卡为图5b中的蜂窝网卡2。Optionally, the first network card is the cellular network card 1 in Figure 5b, the second network card is the USB (Universal Serial Bus, Universal Serial Bus) network card 1 in Figure 5b, and the third network card is the USB network card 2 in Figure 5b, The fourth network card is the cellular network card 2 in Fig. 5b.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,第二电子设备为与第一电子设备匹配的设备保护装置;设备保护装置包括处理器、通信模块和USB模块。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, the second electronic device is an equipment protection device matched with the first electronic device; the equipment protection device includes a processor, a communication module and a USB module.
示例性的,第二电子设备包括手机壳、平板电脑保护壳,手表保护壳等。Exemplarily, the second electronic device includes a mobile phone case, a protective case for a tablet computer, a protective case for a watch, and the like.
示例性的,设备保护装置的处理器的处理能力,低于第一电子设备中处理器的处理能力。Exemplarily, the processing capability of the processor of the device protection device is lower than the processing capability of the processor in the first electronic device.
示例性的,设备保护装置的通信模块包括无线通信模块和/或移动通信模块。Exemplarily, the communication module of the equipment protection device includes a wireless communication module and/or a mobile communication module.
示例性的,可以通过USB数据线连接第一电子设备和设备保护装置,由第一电子设备为设备保护装置供电。Exemplarily, the first electronic device and the device protection device may be connected through a USB data cable, and the first electronic device supplies power to the device protection device.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于第一电子设备,该方法包括:通过第一电子设备中第一网卡接收业务服务器发送的第一传输数据;以及通过第一电子设备中第二网卡基于第二网卡与第二电子设备中第三网卡之间的连接,接收第三网卡发 送的第二传输数据;其中,第二传输数据由第三网卡基于接收的第三传输数据确定,第三传输数据通过对第四传输数据进行网络地址转换得到,第四传输数据是第二电子设备的第四网卡接收的由业务服务器发送的,第一传输数据包括第一源数据,第二传输数据、第三传输数据和第四传输数据均包括第二源数据,第一源数据和第二源数据是业务服务器对业务数据进行划分得到的;接着,将第一传输数据发送至第一电子设备中对应的应用程序,以及将第二传输数据发送至第一电子设备中对应的应用程序。这样,第一电子设备能够基于自身的数据通路和第二电子设备的数据通路,并行接收业务服务器发送数据,能够增加下行带宽,降低下行传输时延。In the second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to the first electronic device. The method includes: receiving the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and receiving the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first electronic device; The second network card in the second network card receives the second transmission data sent by the third network card based on the connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device; wherein, the second transmission data is received by the third network card based on the received third transmission data It is determined that the third transmission data is obtained by performing network address translation on the fourth transmission data, the fourth transmission data is received by the fourth network card of the second electronic device and sent by the service server, the first transmission data includes the first source data, and the fourth transmission data is received by the service server. The second transmission data, the third transmission data and the fourth transmission data all include the second source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; then, the first transmission data is sent to the second A corresponding application program in the electronic device, and sending the second transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device. In this way, the first electronic device can receive data sent by the service server in parallel based on its own data path and the data path of the second electronic device, which can increase downlink bandwidth and reduce downlink transmission delay.
示例性的,第二传输数据为图6b中的数据B3,第二源数据为图6b中的源数据。Exemplarily, the second transmission data is the data B3 in FIG. 6b, and the second source data is the source data in FIG. 6b.
示例性的,第二传输数据为图7d中的数据B3,第二源数据为图7d中的源数据。Exemplarily, the second transmission data is the data B3 in Fig. 7d, and the second source data is the source data in Fig. 7d.
示例性的,第二传输数据为图8b中的数据B2,第二源数据为图8b中的源数据。Exemplarily, the second transmission data is the data B2 in FIG. 8b, and the second source data is the source data in FIG. 8b.
示例性的,第三传输数据为图6b中的数据B2,第四传输数据为图6b中的数据B1。Exemplarily, the third transmission data is data B2 in FIG. 6b, and the fourth transmission data is data B1 in FIG. 6b.
示例性的,第三传输数据为图7d中的数据B2,第四传输数据为图7d中的数据B1。Exemplarily, the third transmission data is data B2 in FIG. 7d, and the fourth transmission data is data B1 in FIG. 7d.
示例性的,第一传输数据可以是业务服务器发送的数据包,也可以是业务服务器发送的数据包中携带的数据。Exemplarily, the first transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
示例性的,第四传输数据可以是业务服务器发送的数据包,也可以是业务服务器发送的数据包中携带的数据。Exemplarily, the fourth transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
根据第二方面,第二传输数据包括两层封装信息,最外层封装信息是由第三网卡对第三传输数据以第三网卡的IP地址作为源IP地址以及以第二网卡的IP地址作为目的IP地址进行封装的信息,第三传输数据是第二电子设备中网络代理服务将第四网卡接收的第四传输数据中的目的IP地址转换为第二网卡的IP地址得到,第四传输数据是业务服务器对第二源数据以业务服务器的IP地址作为源IP地址以及以第四网卡的IP地址为目的IP地址进行封装得到。According to the second aspect, the second transmission data includes two layers of encapsulation information, and the outermost encapsulation information is sent by the third network card to the third transmission data, using the IP address of the third network card as the source IP address and the IP address of the second network card as the source IP address. The information encapsulated by the destination IP address. The third transmission data is obtained by converting the destination IP address in the fourth transmission data received by the fourth network card into the IP address of the second network card by the network proxy service in the second electronic device. The fourth transmission data It is obtained by encapsulating the second source data by the business server with the IP address of the business server as the source IP address and the IP address of the fourth network card as the destination IP address.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,将第二传输数据,发送至第一电子设备中对应的应用程序,包括:由第二网卡对第二传输数据的最外层封装信息进行解封装,将解封装后的第二传输数据发送至第一电子设备中对应的应用程序。According to the second aspect, or any implementation manner of the above second aspect, sending the second transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device includes: the second network card performs an operation on the outermost layer of the second transmission data The encapsulation information is decapsulated, and the decapsulated second transmission data is sent to a corresponding application program in the first electronic device.
示例性的,解封装后的第二传输数据为图6b中的数据B4。Exemplarily, the decapsulated second transmission data is data B4 in FIG. 6b.
示例性的,解封装后的第二传输数据为图7d中的数据B4。Exemplarily, the decapsulated second transmission data is data B4 in FIG. 7d.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,应用于第一电子设备,该方法包括:首先,将第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据,划分为第一源数据和第二源数据;接着,一方面,将第一源数据,通过第一电子设备中第一网卡发送至对应的业务服务器;另一方面,将第二源数据,发送至第一电子设备中第二网卡以及由第二网卡将第二源数据发送至第一电子设备中第三网卡,通过第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,将第二源数据发送至第四网卡,以由第四网卡通过第二电子设备中第五网卡,将第二源数据发送至业务服务器。这样,第一电子设备能够基于自身的数据通路和第二电子设备 的数据通路,并行向业务服务器发送数据,能够增加上行带宽,降低上行传输时延。In the third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method applied to the first electronic device. The method includes: firstly, dividing the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into the first source data and the second source data data; then, on the one hand, send the first source data to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; on the other hand, send the second source data to the second network card in the first electronic device and The second network card sends the second source data to the third network card in the first electronic device, and sends the second source data to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, so that The fourth network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fifth network card in the second electronic device. In this way, the first electronic device can send data to the service server in parallel based on its own data path and the data path of the second electronic device, which can increase the uplink bandwidth and reduce the uplink transmission delay.
示例性的,第二源数据为图9c中的源数据。Exemplarily, the second source data is the source data in Fig. 9c.
根据第三方面,第二源数据包括一组或多组;第二电子设备包括一个或多个,每组第二源数据对应发送至一个第二电子设备中第三网卡。According to the third aspect, the second source data includes one or more groups; the second electronic device includes one or more groups, and each group of second source data is correspondingly sent to a third network card in a second electronic device.
根据第三方面,或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式,将第二源数据,发送至第一电子设备中第二网卡以及由第二网卡将第二源数据发送至第一电子设备中第三网卡,包括:将第二网卡的网际互连协议IP地址作为源IP地址,以及将业务服务器的IP地址作为目的IP地址,对第二源数据进行封装,得到第一传输数据;将第一传输数据发送至第一电子设备中第二网卡以及由第二网卡将第一传输数据发送至第一电子设备中第三网卡。According to the third aspect, or any implementation of the above third aspect, the second source data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device and the second source data is sent to the first electronic device by the second network card The third network card includes: using the Internet Protocol IP address of the second network card as the source IP address, and using the IP address of the service server as the destination IP address, encapsulating the second source data to obtain the first transmission data; A transmission data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device, and the second network card sends the first transmission data to the third network card in the first electronic device.
示例性的,第一传输数据为图9c中的数据A1。Exemplarily, the first transmission data is the data A1 in Fig. 9c.
根据第三方面,或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式,通过第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,将第二源数据发送至第四网卡,以由第四网卡通过第二电子设备中第五网卡,将第二源数据发送至业务服务器,包括:通过第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,将第一传输数据发送至第二电子设备的第四网卡,以由第四网卡将第一传输数据发送至第二电子设备中网络代理服务,由网络代理服务将第一传输数据的源IP地址转换为第五网卡的IP地址,得到第二传输数据,通过第五网卡将第二传输数据发送至业务服务器。这样,能够实现通过第二电子设备将第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据发送至业务服务器。According to the third aspect, or any implementation of the above third aspect, the second source data is sent to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, so that the fourth network card The network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fifth network card in the second electronic device, including: sending the first transmission data to the second network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device. The fourth network card of the electronic device is used to send the first transmission data to the network proxy service in the second electronic device by the fourth network card, and the network proxy service converts the source IP address of the first transmission data to the IP address of the fifth network card, The second transmission data is obtained, and the second transmission data is sent to the service server through the fifth network card. In this way, the service data of the application program in the first electronic device can be sent to the service server through the second electronic device.
示例性的,当第二电子设备包括多个时,第一电子设备包括多个第三网卡,每个第三网卡与一个第二电子设备的第四网卡连接。这样,可以通过一个第三网卡与一个第二电子设备中第四网卡的连接,将一组第二源数据,发送至一个第二电子设备的第四网卡。Exemplarily, when there are multiple second electronic devices, the first electronic device includes multiple third network cards, and each third network card is connected to a fourth network card of a second electronic device. In this way, a group of second source data can be sent to the fourth network card of the second electronic device through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card of the second electronic device.
根据第三方面,或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式,通过第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,将第二源数据发送至第四网卡,以由第四网卡通过第二电子设备中第五网卡,将第二源数据发送至业务服务器,包括:由第三网卡将第三网卡的IP地址作为源IP地址,以及将第四网卡的IP地址作为目的IP地址,对第一传输数据进行封装,得到第三传输数据;通过第三网卡与第四网卡之间的连接,将第三传输数据发送至第二电子设备的第四网卡,以由第二电子设备的第四网卡,对第三传输数据中第三网卡封装的信息进行解封装,得到第四传输数据以及将第四传输数据发送至第二电子设备中网络代理服务,由第二电子设备中网络代理服务将第四传输数据的源IP地址转换为第五网卡的IP地址,通过第五网卡将地址转换后的第四传输数据发送至业务服务器。这样,能够实现通过第二电子设备将第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据发送至业务服务器。According to the third aspect, or any implementation of the above third aspect, the second source data is sent to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, so that the fourth network card The network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fifth network card in the second electronic device, including: using the IP address of the third network card as the source IP address by the third network card, and using the IP address of the fourth network card as the destination IP address The address is used to encapsulate the first transmission data to obtain the third transmission data; through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card, the third transmission data is sent to the fourth network card of the second electronic device, so that the second electronic device The fourth network card of the device decapsulates the information encapsulated by the third network card in the third transmission data, obtains the fourth transmission data and sends the fourth transmission data to the network proxy service in the second electronic device, and the second electronic device The network proxy service converts the source IP address of the fourth transmission data into the IP address of the fifth network card, and sends the fourth transmission data after address translation to the service server through the fifth network card. In this way, the service data of the application program in the first electronic device can be sent to the service server through the second electronic device.
示例性的,当第二电子设备包括多个时,第一电子设备包括多个第三网卡,每个第 三网卡与一个第二电子设备的第四网卡连接。这样,可以通过一个第三网卡与一个第二电子设备中第四网卡的连接,将一组第二源数据,发送至一个第二电子设备的第四网卡。Exemplarily, when the second electronic device includes multiple, the first electronic device includes multiple third network cards, and each third network card is connected to a fourth network card of the second electronic device. In this way, a group of second source data can be sent to the fourth network card of the second electronic device through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card of the second electronic device.
示例性的,当第二电子设备包括多个时,第一电子设备包括一个第三网卡,该第三网卡与多个第二电子设备的第四网卡连接,这样,能够实现将一组第二源数据发送至一个第二电子设备的第四网卡中。Exemplarily, when there are multiple second electronic devices, the first electronic device includes a third network card, and the third network card is connected to the fourth network cards of multiple second electronic devices. In this way, a group of second The source data is sent to a fourth network card of a second electronic device.
示例性的,第三传输数据为图9c中的数据A2,第四传输数据为图9c中的A3,转换后的第四传输数据为图9c中的数据A4。Exemplarily, the third transmission data is data A2 in FIG. 9c, the fourth transmission data is data A3 in FIG. 9c, and the converted fourth transmission data is data A4 in FIG. 9c.
根据第三方面,或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式,第一网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、蜂窝网卡;According to the third aspect, or any implementation manner of the above third aspect, the first network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, cellular network card;
第三网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡;The third network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
第四网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡;The fourth network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, Bluetooth network card, Universal Serial Bus USB network card;
第五网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、蜂窝网卡。The fifth network card includes at least one of the following: a wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card and a cellular network card.
示例性的,第一网卡为图9b中的Wi-Fi网卡1,第三网卡为图9b中的USB网卡1,第四网卡为图9b中的USB网卡1,第五网卡为图9b中的蜂窝网卡2。Exemplarily, the first network card is the Wi-Fi network card 1 in Figure 9b, the third network card is the USB network card 1 in Figure 9b, the fourth network card is the USB network card 1 in Figure 9b, and the fifth network card is the Cellular network card 2.
根据第三方面,或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式,第五网卡为蜂窝网卡,第二网卡为基于第五网卡虚拟的网卡,第二网卡的IP地址通过对第五网卡的IP地址进行偏移得到。这样,当第一网卡为Wi-Fi网卡时,第一电子设备中鉴权类应用程序,可以通过第二网卡,经由第二电子设备与业务服务器进行交互,使得鉴权类应用程序可以联网使用。According to the third aspect, or any implementation of the above third aspect, the fifth network card is a cellular network card, the second network card is a virtual network card based on the fifth network card, and the IP address of the second network card is passed to the IP address of the fifth network card Obtained by offset. In this way, when the first network card is a Wi-Fi network card, the authentication application in the first electronic device can interact with the service server via the second electronic device through the second network card, so that the authentication application can be used on the Internet .
示例性的,第五网卡为图9b中的蜂窝网卡2,第二网卡为图9b中的虚拟蜂窝网卡。Exemplarily, the fifth network card is the cellular network card 2 in FIG. 9b, and the second network card is the virtual cellular network card in FIG. 9b.
根据第三方面,或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式,第二电子设备为与第一电子设备匹配的设备保护装置;设备保护装置包括处理器、通信模块和USB模块。According to the third aspect, or any implementation manner of the above third aspect, the second electronic device is an equipment protection device matched with the first electronic device; the equipment protection device includes a processor, a communication module and a USB module.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于第一电子设备,该方法包括:通过第一电子设备中的第一网卡接收业务服务器发送的第一传输数据;以及通过第一电子设备中的第三网卡基于第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,接收第四网卡发送的第二传输数据;其中,第二传输数据由第四网卡基于接收的第三传输数据确定,第三传输数据通过对第四传输数据进行网络地址转换得到,第四传输数据是第二电子设备中第五网卡接收的由业务服务器发送的,第一传输数据包括第一源数据,第二传输数据、第三传输数据和第四传输数据均包括第二源数据,第一源数据和第二源数据是业务服务器对业务数据进行划分得到的;接着,将第一传输数据发送至第一电子设备中对应的应用程序,以及通过第一电子设备中第二网卡,将第二传输数据发送至应用程序。这样,第一电子设备能够基于自身的数据通路和第二电子设备的数据通路,并行接收业务 服务器发送数据,能够增加下行带宽,降低下行传输时延。In the fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to the first electronic device, and the method includes: receiving the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and receiving the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first electronic device; The third network card in the device receives the second transmission data sent by the fourth network card based on the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device; wherein, the second transmission data is received by the fourth network card based on the received third network card The transmission data is determined, the third transmission data is obtained by performing network address translation on the fourth transmission data, the fourth transmission data is received by the fifth network card in the second electronic device and sent by the service server, and the first transmission data includes the first source data , the second transmission data, the third transmission data and the fourth transmission data all include the second source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; then, the first transmission data is sent to to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and send the second transmission data to the application program through the second network card in the first electronic device. In this way, the first electronic device can receive data sent by the service server in parallel based on its own data path and the data path of the second electronic device, which can increase the downlink bandwidth and reduce the downlink transmission delay.
示例性的,第二源数据为图9d中的源数据。Exemplarily, the second source data is the source data in Fig. 9d.
示例性的,第二传输数据为图9d中的数据B3。Exemplarily, the second transmission data is the data B3 in Fig. 9d.
示例性的,第三传输数据为图9d中的数据B2,第四传输数据为图9d中的数据B1。Exemplarily, the third transmission data is data B2 in FIG. 9d, and the fourth transmission data is data B1 in FIG. 9d.
示例性的,第一传输数据可以是业务服务器发送的数据包,也可以是业务服务器发送的数据包中携带的数据。Exemplarily, the first transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
示例性的,第四传输数据可以是业务服务器发送的数据包,也可以是业务服务器发送的数据包中携带的数据。Exemplarily, the fourth transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
根据第四方面,第二传输数据包括两层封装信息,最外层封装信息是由第四网卡对第三传输数据以第四网卡的IP地址作为源IP地址以及以第三网卡的IP地址作为目的IP地址进行封装的信息,第三传输数据是第二电子设备中网络代理服务将第五网卡接收的第四传输数据中的目的IP地址转换为第二网卡的IP地址得到,第四传输数据是业务服务器对第二源数据以业务服务器的IP地址作为源IP地址以及以第五网卡的IP地址为目的IP地址进行封装得到。According to the fourth aspect, the second transmission data includes two layers of encapsulation information, and the outermost encapsulation information is sent by the fourth network card to the third transmission data with the IP address of the fourth network card as the source IP address and the IP address of the third network card as the source IP address. The information encapsulated by the destination IP address, the third transmission data is obtained by converting the destination IP address in the fourth transmission data received by the fifth network card into the IP address of the second network card by the network proxy service in the second electronic device, and the fourth transmission data It is obtained by encapsulating the second source data by the service server by using the IP address of the service server as the source IP address and the IP address of the fifth network card as the destination IP address.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,通过第一电子设备中第二网卡,将第二传输数据发送至应用程序,包括:由第三网卡对第二传输数据的最外层封装信息进行解封装,通过第二网卡将解封装后的第二传输数据发送至第一电子设备中对应的应用程序。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, sending the second transmission data to the application program through the second network card in the first electronic device includes: using the third network card to complete the second transmission data The outer encapsulation information is decapsulated, and the decapsulated second transmission data is sent to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device through the second network card.
示例性的,解封装后的第二传输数据为图9d中的数据B4。Exemplarily, the decapsulated second transmission data is data B4 in FIG. 9d.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法包括:首先,将第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据,划分为第一源数据和第二源数据;接着,一方面,将第一源数据,通过第一电子设备中第一网卡发送至对应的业务服务器;另一方面,将第二源数据,发送至第一电子设备中第二网卡以及通过第二网卡将第二源数据发送至第一电子设备中第三网卡,通过第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,将第二源数据发送至第二电子设备的第四网卡,以通过第二电子设备的第四网卡,将第二源数据发送至业务服务器。这样,第一电子设备能够基于自身的数据通路和第二电子设备的数据通路,并行向业务服务器发送数据,能够增加上行带宽,降低上行传输时延。In the fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: firstly, dividing the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into first source data and second source data; then, on the one hand, dividing The first source data is sent to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; on the other hand, the second source data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device and the second source data is sent to The data is sent to the third network card in the first electronic device, and the second source data is sent to the fourth network card in the second electronic device through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, so as to pass through the second The fourth network card of the electronic device sends the second source data to the service server. In this way, the first electronic device can send data to the service server in parallel based on its own data path and the data path of the second electronic device, which can increase uplink bandwidth and reduce uplink transmission delay.
根据第五方面,第一网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、蜂窝网卡;According to the fifth aspect, the first network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, cellular network card;
第二网卡为蜂窝网卡;The second network card is a cellular network card;
第三网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡;The third network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
第四网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡。The fourth network card includes at least one of the following: a wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, a Wi-Fi peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, a Bluetooth network card, and a Universal Serial Bus USB network card.
这样,第二网卡可以将第二源数据封装为第二电子设备中调制解调器可以识别的数 据,进而第二电子设备将通过第四网卡接收到数据,传入调制解调器,由调制解调器发送至业务服务器。In this way, the second network card can encapsulate the second source data into data that can be recognized by the modem in the second electronic device, and then the second electronic device will receive the data through the fourth network card, transmit it to the modem, and send it to the service server by the modem.
示例性的,第二网卡为图10a中的蜂窝网卡2。Exemplarily, the second network card is the cellular network card 2 in Fig. 10a.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法包括:通过第一电子设备中的第一网卡接收业务服务器发送的第一传输数据;以及通过第一电子设备中的第三网卡基于第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,接收第四网卡发送的第二传输数据;其中,第一传输数据包括第一源数据,第二传输数据由第四网卡基于接收的第三传输数据确定,所述第三传输数据是由业务服务器发送的,第一传输数据包括第一源数据,第二传输数据和第三传输数据均包括第二源数据,第一源数据和第二源数据是业务服务器对业务数据进行划分得到的;将第一传输数据发送至第一电子设备中对应的应用程序,以及通过第一电子设备中第二网卡,将第二传输数据发送至应用程序。这样,第一电子设备能够基于自身的数据通路和第二电子设备的数据通路,并行接收业务服务器发送数据,能够增加下行带宽,降低下行传输时延。In the sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: receiving the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and using the third network card in the first electronic device based on The connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device receives the second transmission data sent by the fourth network card; wherein, the first transmission data includes the first source data, and the second transmission data is received by the fourth network card based on It is determined that the third transmission data is sent by the service server, the first transmission data includes the first source data, the second transmission data and the third transmission data both include the second source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; sending the first transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and sending the second transmission data through the second network card in the first electronic device to the application. In this way, the first electronic device can receive data sent by the service server in parallel based on its own data path and the data path of the second electronic device, which can increase downlink bandwidth and reduce downlink transmission delay.
示例性的,第一传输数据可以是业务服务器发送的数据包,也可以是业务服务器发送的数据包中携带的数据。Exemplarily, the first transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
示例性的,第三传输数据可以是业务服务器发送的数据包,也可以是业务服务器发送的数据包中携带的数据。Exemplarily, the third transmission data may be a data packet sent by the service server, or may be data carried in the data packet sent by the service server.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种连接建立方法,应用于第一电子设备,该方法包括:在应用程序与对应业务服务器建立连接时,获取应用程序的应用类型和第一电子设备中多个网卡的网卡性能信息,网卡包括与业务服务器直接进行数据交互的网卡和通过与第二电子设备中网卡的连接与业务服务器进行数据交互的网卡;接着,依据应用程序的应用类型和各网卡的网卡性能信息,为应用程序匹配性能最优的网卡;然后,基于与应用程序匹配的性能最优的网卡,建立应用程序与对应业务服务器之间的连接。这样,可以根据网卡的性能,为应用程序分配性能最优的网卡,与业务服务器建立连接,从而能够降低数据传输时延,提高用户体验。In the seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for establishing a connection, which is applied to the first electronic device, and the method includes: when the application program establishes a connection with the corresponding service server, obtain the application type of the application program and the multiple information in the first electronic device. The network card performance information of each network card, the network card includes the network card that directly performs data interaction with the service server and the network card that performs data interaction with the service server through the connection with the network card in the second electronic device; then, according to the application type of the application program and each network card. The network card performance information is used to match the network card with the best performance for the application program; then, based on the network card with the best performance matched with the application program, a connection between the application program and the corresponding service server is established. In this way, according to the performance of the network card, the network card with the best performance can be assigned to the application program to establish a connection with the service server, thereby reducing the data transmission delay and improving user experience.
根据第七方面,在应用程序与对应业务服务器建立连接时,方法还包括:若存在与应用程序对应的网卡配置信息,则依据网卡配置信息查找与应用程序绑定的网卡,基于与应用程序绑定的网卡,建立应用程序与对应业务服务器之间的连接,其中,网卡配置信息是用户为应用程序所绑定的网卡的信息;若不存在与应用程序对应的网卡配置信息,则执行获取应用程序的应用类型和第一电子设备中多个网卡的网卡性能信息的步骤。这样,可以按照用户设置,为应用程序分配网卡,提高用户体验。According to the seventh aspect, when the application program establishes a connection with the corresponding service server, the method further includes: if there is network card configuration information corresponding to the application program, searching for the network card bound to the application program according to the network card configuration information, and A specified network card is used to establish a connection between the application program and the corresponding service server. The network card configuration information is the information of the network card bound by the user for the application program; if there is no network card configuration information corresponding to the application program, execute the acquisition A step of the application type of the program and network card performance information of multiple network cards in the first electronic device. In this way, network cards can be assigned to applications according to user settings to improve user experience.
第八方面,本申请实施例一种通信系统,通信系统包括第一电子设备和第二电子设备,其中:第一电子设备,用于将第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据,划分为第一源数据和第二源数据;将第一源数据,通过第一电子设备中第一网卡发送至对应的业务服 务器;以及将第二源数据,发送至第一电子设备中第二网卡,通过第二网卡与第二电子设备中第三网卡之间的连接,将第二源数据发送至第三网卡;第二电子设备,用于将第三网卡接收到的第二源数据发送给第二电子设备中第四网卡,通过第四网卡将第二源数据发送至业务服务器。In an eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application is a communication system, the communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the first electronic device is configured to divide the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into the second One source data and second source data; the first source data is sent to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and the second source data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device, through The connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device sends the second source data to the third network card; the second electronic device is used to send the second source data received by the third network card to the second The fourth network card in the electronic device sends the second source data to the service server through the fourth network card.
第八方面以及第八方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第八方面以及第八方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The eighth aspect and any implementation manner of the eighth aspect correspond to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the first aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the eighth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the eighth aspect, refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
第九方面,本申请实施例一种通信系统,通信系统包括第一电子设备和第二电子设备,其中:第二电子设备,用于通过第二电子设备中第四网卡接收业务服务器发送的第四传输数据,然后,将第四传输数据进行网址转换,得到第三传输数据,接着,将第三传输数据发送至第二电子设备中的第三网卡;再调用第三网卡基于第三传输数据确定第二传输数据,将第二传输数据通过第三网卡和第二网卡之间的连接,发送至第一电子设备的第二网卡,其中,第二传输数据、第三传输数据和第四传输数据均包括第二源数据。第一电子设备,用于通过第一电子设备中的第一网卡接收业务服务器发送的第一传输数据;以及通过第一电子设备中的第二网卡基于第二网卡与第二电子设备中第三网卡之间的连接,接收第三网卡发送的第二传输数据;其中,第一传输数据包括第一源数据,第一源数据和第二源数据是业务服务器对业务数据进行划分得到的;接着,将第一传输数据发送至第一电子设备中对应的应用程序,以及将第二传输数据发送至第一电子设备中对应的应用程序。In the ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present application is a communication system. The communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the second electronic device is configured to receive the first electronic device sent by the service server through the fourth network card in the second electronic device. 4. Transmission data, then, convert the fourth transmission data to the URL to obtain the third transmission data, and then send the third transmission data to the third network card in the second electronic device; then call the third network card based on the third transmission data Determine the second transmission data, and send the second transmission data to the second network card of the first electronic device through the connection between the third network card and the second network card, wherein the second transmission data, the third transmission data and the fourth transmission data The data all include the second source data. The first electronic device is configured to receive the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; The connection between the network cards receives the second transmission data sent by the third network card; wherein, the first transmission data includes the first source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; then , sending the first transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and sending the second transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device.
第九方面以及第九方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第九方面以及第九方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The ninth aspect and any implementation manner of the ninth aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the ninth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the ninth aspect, refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, and details are not repeated here.
第十方面,本申请实施例一种通信系统,通信系统包括第一电子设备和第二电子设备,其中:第一电子设备,用于将第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据,划分为第一源数据和第二源数据;将第一源数据,通过第一电子设备中第一网卡发送至对应的业务服务器;以及将第二源数据,发送至第一电子设备中第二网卡,由第二网卡将第二源数据发送至第一电子设备中第三网卡,通过第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,将第二源数据发送至第四网卡;第二电子设备,用于将第四网卡接收到的第二源数据发送给第二电子设备中第五网卡,通过第五网卡将第二源数据发送至业务服务器。In the tenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application is a communication system, the communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the first electronic device is configured to divide the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into the second One source data and second source data; the first source data is sent to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and the second source data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device by The second network card sends the second source data to the third network card in the first electronic device, and sends the second source data to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device; The electronic device is configured to send the second source data received by the fourth network card to the fifth network card in the second electronic device, and send the second source data to the service server through the fifth network card.
第十方面以及第十方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十方面以及第十方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The tenth aspect and any implementation manner of the tenth aspect correspond to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the third aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the tenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the tenth aspect, refer to the above-mentioned third aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十一方面,本申请实施例一种通信系统,通信系统包括第一电子设备和第二电子设备,其中:第二电子设备,用于通过第二电子设备中的第五网卡接收业务服务器发送的第四传输数据,然后,将第四传输数据发送至第二电子设备中的第四网卡;接着,对 第四传输数据进行网络地址转换,得到第三传输数据;再调用第四网卡基于第三传输数据数据确定第二传输数据,将第二传输数据通过第四网卡和第三网卡之间的连接,发送至第一电子设备的第三网卡,其中,第二传输数据、第三传输数据和第四传输数据均包括第二源数据。第一电子设备,用于通过第一电子设备中的第一网卡接收业务服务器发送的第一传输数据;以及通过第一电子设备中的第三网卡基于第三网卡与第四网卡之间的连接,接收第四网卡发送的第二传输数据;其中,第一传输数据包括第一源数据,第一源数据和第二源数据是业务服务器对业务数据进行划分得到的;将第一传输数据发送至第一电子设备中对应的应用程序,以及通过第一电子设备中第二网卡,将第二传输数据发送至应用程序。In the eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application is a communication system, the communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the second electronic device is configured to receive the service server through the fifth network card in the second electronic device The fourth transmission data, and then, send the fourth transmission data to the fourth network card in the second electronic device; then, perform network address translation on the fourth transmission data to obtain the third transmission data; then call the fourth network card based on the first The third transmission data data determines the second transmission data, and sends the second transmission data to the third network card of the first electronic device through the connection between the fourth network card and the third network card, wherein the second transmission data and the third transmission data and the fourth transmission data both include the second source data. The first electronic device is configured to receive the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and based on the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card through the third network card in the first electronic device , receiving the second transmission data sent by the fourth network card; wherein, the first transmission data includes the first source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; sending the first transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and send the second transmission data to the application program through the second network card in the first electronic device.
第十一方面以及第十一方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十一方面以及第十一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The eleventh aspect and any implementation manner of the eleventh aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the eleventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the eleventh aspect, refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十二方面,本申请实施例一种通信系统,通信系统包括第一电子设备和第二电子设备,其中:第一电子设备,用于将第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据,划分为第一源数据和第二源数据;将第一源数据,通过第一电子设备中第一网卡发送至对应的业务服务器;以及将第二源数据,发送至第一电子设备中第二网卡以及通过第二网卡将第二源数据发送至第一电子设备中第三网卡,通过第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,将第二源数据发送至第四网卡;第二电子设备,用于通过第四网卡,将第二源数据发送至业务服务器。In the twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present application is a communication system, the communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the first electronic device is configured to divide the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into The first source data and the second source data; sending the first source data to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and sending the second source data to the second network card in the first electronic device and Send the second source data to the third network card in the first electronic device through the second network card, and send the second source data to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device; The second electronic device is configured to send the second source data to the service server through the fourth network card.
第十二方面以及第十二方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十二方面以及第十二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The twelfth aspect and any implementation manner of the twelfth aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively. For technical effects corresponding to the twelfth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twelfth aspect, refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, and details are not repeated here.
第十三方面,本申请实施例一种通信系统,通信系统包括第一电子设备和第二电子设备,其中:第二电子设备,用于通过第二电子设备中的第四网卡接收业务服务器发送的第三传输数据,以及调用第四网卡基于第三传输数据确定第二传输数据,将第二传输数据通过第四网卡和第三网卡之间的连接,发送至第一电子设备的第三网卡,其中,第二传输数据和第三传输数据均包括第二源数据。第一电子设备,用于通过第一电子设备中的第一网卡接收业务服务器发送的第一传输数据;以及通过第一电子设备中的第三网卡基于第三网卡与第四网卡之间的连接,接收第四网卡发送的第二传输数据;其中,第一传输数据包括第一源数据,第一源数据和第二源数据是业务服务器对业务数据进行划分得到的;将第一传输数据发送至第一电子设备中对应的应用程序,以及通过第一电子设备中第二网卡,将第二传输数据发送至应用程序。In the thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application is a communication system. The communication system includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein: the second electronic device is used to receive the service server through the fourth network card in the second electronic device. the third transmission data, and call the fourth network card to determine the second transmission data based on the third transmission data, and send the second transmission data to the third network card of the first electronic device through the connection between the fourth network card and the third network card , wherein both the second transmission data and the third transmission data include the second source data. The first electronic device is configured to receive the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and based on the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card through the third network card in the first electronic device , receiving the second transmission data sent by the fourth network card; wherein, the first transmission data includes the first source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the business data by the business server; sending the first transmission data to the corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and send the second transmission data to the application program through the second network card in the first electronic device.
第十三方面以及第十三方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十三方面以及第十三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术 效果可参见上述第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The thirteenth aspect and any one implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any one implementation manner of the sixth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the thirteenth aspect and any one of the implementations of the thirteenth aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementations of the sixth aspect above, and will not be repeated here.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,包括:存储器和处理器,存储器与处理器耦合;存储器存储有程序指令,当程序指令由处理器执行时,使得电子设备执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the first aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
第十四方面以及第十四方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十四方面以及第十四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The fourteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourteenth aspect correspond to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the first aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the fourteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fourteenth aspect, refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,包括:存储器和处理器,存储器与处理器耦合;存储器存储有程序指令,当程序指令由处理器执行时,使得电子设备执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the second aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
第十五方面以及第十五方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十五方面以及第十五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The fifteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively. For technical effects corresponding to the fifteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fifteenth aspect, refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above-mentioned second aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, and details are not repeated here.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,包括:存储器和处理器,存储器与处理器耦合;存储器存储有程序指令,当程序指令由处理器执行时,使得电子设备执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the third aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
第十六方面以及第十六方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十六方面以及第十六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The sixteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect correspond to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the third aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the sixteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixteenth aspect, refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above third aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,包括:存储器和处理器,存储器与处理器耦合;存储器存储有程序指令,当程序指令由处理器执行时,使得电子设备执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In a seventeenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the fourth aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
第十七方面以及第十七方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十七方面以及第十七方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The seventeenth aspect and any implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the seventeenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventeenth aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,包括:存储器和处理器,存储器与处理器耦合;存储器存储有程序指令,当程序指令由处理器执行时,使得电子设备执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In an eighteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the fifth aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
第十八方面以及第十八方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十八方面以及第十八方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The eighteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the eighteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the eighteenth aspect, refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,包括:存储器和处理器,存储器与处理器耦合;存储器存储有程序指令,当程序指令由处理器执行时,使得电子设备执行第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In a nineteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the sixth aspect Or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
第十九方面以及第十九方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十九方面以及第十九方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The nineteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the nineteenth aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any implementation manner of the sixth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the nineteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the nineteenth aspect, refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect above, which will not be repeated here.
第二十方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,包括:存储器和处理器,存储器与处理器耦合;存储器存储有程序指令,当程序指令由处理器执行时,使得电子设备执行第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的连接建立方法。In a twentieth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the seventh aspect Or the connection establishment method in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect.
第二十方面以及第二十方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第七方面以及第七方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十方面以及第二十方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第七方面以及第七方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The twentieth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twentieth aspect correspond to the seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the twentieth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twentieth aspect, please refer to the above-mentioned seventh aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第二十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向处理器发送信号,信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当处理器执行计算机指令时,使得电子设备执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In the twenty-first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the first aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
第二十一方面以及第二十一方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十一方面以及第二十一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The twenty-first aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-first aspect correspond to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the first aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-first aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-first aspect, please refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第二十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向处理器发送信号,信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当处理器执行计算机指令时,使得电子设备执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In the twenty-second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the second aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
第二十二方面以及第二十二方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十二方面以及第二十二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The twenty-second aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-second aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-second aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-second aspect, please refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第二十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向处理器发送信号,信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当处理器执行计算机指令时,使得电子设备执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In a twenty-third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the third aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
第二十三方面以及第二十三方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十三方面以及第二十三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The twenty-third aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-third aspect correspond to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the third aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-third aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-third aspect, please refer to the above-mentioned third aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第二十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向处理器发送信号,信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当处理器执行计算机指令时,使得电子设备执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In the twenty-fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the fourth aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
第二十四方面以及第二十四方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十四方面以及第二十四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The twenty-fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-fourth aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-fourth aspect, please refer to the above-mentioned fourth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第二十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向处理器发送信号,信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当处理器执行计算机指令时,使得电子设备执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In the twenty-fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the fifth aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
第二十五方面以及第二十五方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十五方面以及第二十五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The twenty-fifth aspect and any one implementation manner of the twenty-fifth aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any one implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-fifth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-fifth aspect, please refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第二十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向处理器发送信号,信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当处理器执行计算机指令时,使得电子设备执行第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In a twenty-sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the sixth aspect or the communication method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
第二十六方面以及第二十六方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十六方面以及第二十六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The twenty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-sixth aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-sixth aspect, refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第二十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多 个处理器;接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向处理器发送信号,信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当处理器执行计算机指令时,使得电子设备执行第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的连接建立方法。In the twenty-seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the seventh aspect or the connection establishment method in any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect.
第二十七方面以及第二十七方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第七方面以及第七方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十七方面以及第二十七方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第七方面以及第七方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The twenty-seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-seventh aspect correspond to the seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-seventh aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-seventh aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above seventh aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第二十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质,计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时,使得计算机或处理器执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In the twenty-eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or the processor, the computer or the processor executes the first aspect or the first aspect. A communication method in any possible implementation of an aspect.
第二十八方面以及第二十八方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十八方面以及第二十八方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The twenty-eighth aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-eighth aspect correspond to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the first aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-eighth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-eighth aspect, refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
第二十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质,计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时,使得计算机或处理器执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In the twenty-ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. When the computer program runs on a computer or a processor, the computer or processor executes the second aspect or the second aspect. A communication method in any possible implementation of the second aspect.
第二十九方面以及第二十九方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十九方面以及第二十九方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The twenty-ninth aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-ninth aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-ninth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-ninth aspect, please refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三十方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质,计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时,使得计算机或处理器执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In the thirtieth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or the processor, the computer or the processor executes the third aspect or the third aspect. A communication method in any possible implementation of an aspect.
第三十方面以及第三十方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第三十方面以及第三十方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The thirtieth aspect and any one implementation manner of the thirtieth aspect correspond to the third aspect and any one implementation manner of the third aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the thirtieth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirtieth aspect, refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above third aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质,计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时,使得计算机或处理器执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In the thirty-first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer or a processor, the computer or processor executes the fourth aspect or the first A communication method in any possible implementation of the four aspects.
第三十一方面以及第三十一方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第三十一方面以及第三十一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果, 此处不再赘述。The thirty-first aspect and any implementation manner of the thirty-first aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-first aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-first aspect, please refer to the above-mentioned fourth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质,计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时,使得计算机或处理器执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In the thirty-second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or the processor, the computer or the processor executes the fifth aspect or the first A communication method in any possible implementation of the five aspects.
第三十二方面以及第三十二方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第三十二方面以及第三十二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The thirty-second aspect and any one implementation manner of the thirty-second aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any one implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-second aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-second aspect, please refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质,计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时,使得计算机或处理器执行第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的通信方法。In the thirty-third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or processor, the computer or processor executes the sixth aspect or the first A communication method in any possible implementation of the six aspects.
第三十三方面以及第三十三方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第三十三方面以及第三十三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The thirty-third aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-third aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-third aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-third aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect, and details are not repeated here.
第三十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质,计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时,使得计算机或处理器执行第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的连接建立方法。In the thirty-fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or the processor, the computer or the processor executes the seventh aspect or the first A method for establishing a connection in any possible implementation of the seventh aspect.
第三十四方面以及第三十四方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第七方面以及第七方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第三十四方面以及第三十四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第七方面以及第七方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The thirty-fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-fourth aspect correspond to the seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-fourth aspect, refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above seventh aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括软件程序,当软件程序被计算机或处理器执行时,使得第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的步骤被执行。In the thirty-fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect The steps of the method are executed.
第三十五方面以及第三十五方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第三十五方面以及第三十五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The thirty-fifth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-fifth aspect correspond to the first aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-fifth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-fifth aspect, refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
第三十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括软件程序,当软件程序被计算机或处理器执行时,使得第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的步骤被执行。In the thirty-sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect The steps of the method are executed.
第三十六方面以及第三十六方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第二方面以及第二方面 的任意一种实现方式相对应。第三十六方面以及第三十六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The thirty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementations of the thirty-sixth aspect correspond to the second aspect and any one of the implementations of the second aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-sixth aspect, refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括软件程序,当软件程序被计算机或处理器执行时,使得第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的步骤被执行。In the thirty-seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect The steps of the method are executed.
第三十七方面以及第三十七方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第三十七方面以及第三十七方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The thirty-seventh aspect and any one implementation manner of the thirty-seventh aspect correspond to the third aspect and any one implementation manner of the third aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-seventh aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above-mentioned third aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括软件程序,当软件程序被计算机或处理器执行时,使得第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的步骤被执行。In the thirty-eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes a software program. When the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect The steps of the method are executed.
第三十八方面以及第三十八方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第三十八方面以及第三十八方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The thirty-eighth aspect and any implementation manner of the thirty-eighth aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-eighth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-eighth aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect above, which will not be repeated here.
第三十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括软件程序,当软件程序被计算机或处理器执行时,使得第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的步骤被执行。In the thirty-ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect The steps of the method are executed.
第三十九方面以及第三十九方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第三十九方面以及第三十九方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。The thirty-ninth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-ninth aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to the thirty-ninth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirty-ninth aspect, please refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第四十方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括软件程序,当软件程序被计算机或处理器执行时,使得第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的步骤被执行。In a fortieth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the sixth aspect or any possible implementation of the sixth aspect The steps of the method are executed.
第四十方面以及第四十方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第四十方面以及第四十方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Any one of the implementation manners of the fortieth aspect and the fortieth aspect corresponds to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fortieth aspect and the fortieth aspect, please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第四十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括软件程序,当软件程序被计算机或处理器执行时,使得第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实 现方式中的方法的步骤被执行。In the forty-first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a software program, when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the seventh aspect or any possible implementation of the seventh aspect The steps of the method are executed.
第四十一方面以及第四十一方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第七方面以及第七方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第四十一方面以及第四十一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第七方面以及第七方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Any one of the implementation manners of the forty-first aspect and the forty-first aspect corresponds to the seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect respectively. For the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementations of the forty-first aspect and the forty-first aspect, refer to the technical effects corresponding to the seventh aspect and any one of the implementations of the seventh aspect above, and details are not repeated here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为示例性示出的电子设备的硬件结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of an exemplary electronic device;
图2为示例性示出的电子设备的软件结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a software structure of an exemplary electronic device;
图3a为示例性示出的应用场景示意图;Fig. 3a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary application scenario;
图3b为示例性示出的设备连接示意图;Fig. 3b is a schematic diagram showing device connection;
图3c为示例性示出的通信连接示意图;Fig. 3c is a schematic diagram of a communication connection shown by way of example;
图4a为示例性示出的界面示意图;Figure 4a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interface;
图4b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图;Fig. 4b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection;
图5a为示例性示出的连接示意图;Fig. 5a is a connection schematic diagram shown by way of example;
图5b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图;Fig. 5b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection;
图6a为示例性示出的数据传输示意图;Fig. 6a is an exemplary schematic diagram of data transmission;
图6b为示例性示出的数据传输示意图;Fig. 6b is an exemplary schematic diagram of data transmission;
图7a为示例性示出的连接示意图;Fig. 7a is a schematic connection diagram shown by way of example;
图7b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图;Fig. 7b is a schematic diagram of a communication connection shown by way of example;
图7c为示例性示出的通信连接示意图;Fig. 7c is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection;
图7d为示例性示出数据传输示意图;Fig. 7d is an exemplary schematic diagram showing data transmission;
图7e为示例性示出数据传输示意图;Fig. 7e is an exemplary schematic diagram showing data transmission;
图8a为示例性示出数据传输示意图;Fig. 8a is an exemplary schematic diagram showing data transmission;
图8b为示例性示出数据传输示意图;Fig. 8b is an exemplary schematic diagram showing data transmission;
图9a为示例性示出的通信连接示意图;Fig. 9a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection;
图9b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图;Fig. 9b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection;
图9c为示例性示出的数据传输示意图;Fig. 9c is an exemplary schematic diagram of data transmission;
图9d为示例性示出的数据传输示意图;Fig. 9d is an exemplary schematic diagram of data transmission;
图10a为示例性示出的通信连接示意图;Fig. 10a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection;
图10b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图;Fig. 10b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection;
图11为示例性示出的连接示意图;Fig. 11 is a schematic connection schematic diagram shown by way of example;
图12a为示例性示出的界面示意图;Fig. 12a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interface;
图12b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图;Fig. 12b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection;
图13为示例性示出的连接示意图;Fig. 13 is a schematic connection schematic diagram shown by way of example;
图14为示例性示出的连接示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of connection shown by way of example;
图15为示例性示出界面示意图;Figure 15 is an exemplary schematic diagram showing the interface;
图16为示例性示出的数据处理流程示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary data processing flow;
图17为示例性示出的装置的结构示意图。Fig. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of the device shown exemplarily.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The following will clearly and completely describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, not all of them. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts fall within the protection scope of this application.
本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and there exists alone B these three situations.
本申请实施例的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象,而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。例如,第一目标对象和第二目标对象等是用于区别不同的目标对象,而不是用于描述目标对象的特定顺序。The terms "first" and "second" in the description and claims of the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order of objects. For example, the first target object, the second target object, etc. are used to distinguish different target objects, rather than describing a specific order of the target objects.
在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design scheme described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.
在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是指两个或两个以上。例如,多个处理单元是指两个或两个以上的处理单元;多个系统是指两个或两个以上的系统。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more. For example, multiple processing units refer to two or more processing units; multiple systems refer to two or more systems.
图1示出了电子设备100的结构示意图。应该理解的是,图1所示电子设备100仅是电子设备的一个范例,并且电子设备100可以具有比图中所示的更多的或者更少的部件,可以组合两个或多个的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图1中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 . It should be understood that the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 is only an example of an electronic device, and the electronic device 100 may have more or fewer components than those shown in the figure, and two or more components may be combined , or can have different component configurations. The various components shown in FIG. 1 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
电子设备100可以包括:处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2. Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, And a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network  processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。Wherein, the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 . The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现电子设备100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL). In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 . In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电,也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100 , and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present application is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger. Wherein, the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive a wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also provide power for electronic devices through the power management module 141 .
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外 部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 . The power management module 141 receives the input of the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power for the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160, etc. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 . In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be realized by the antenna 1 , the antenna 2 , the mobile communication module 150 , the wireless communication module 160 , a modem processor, a baseband processor, and the like.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。 Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas. For example: Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In some other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括WLAN(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide WLAN (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GNSS) applied on the electronic device 100. , frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA), 时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR techniques, etc. The GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194 , and the application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 . For example, when taking a picture, open the shutter, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(movingpicture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 . The internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data. Wherein, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like. The storage data area can store data created during the use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170 , the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal. The audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-kernel architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present application takes the Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 .
图2是本申请实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to the embodiment of the present application.
电子设备100的分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和本地框架层(Native层),以及内核层。The layered architecture of the electronic device 100 divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate through software interfaces. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, which are application layer, application framework layer, Android runtime (Android runtime) and local framework layer (Native layer), and kernel layer from top to bottom.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can consist of a series of application packages.
如图2所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,华为分享等应用程序。As shown in Figure 2, the application package can include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and Huawei share.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图2所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。As shown in Figure 2, the application framework layer can include window managers, content providers, view systems, phone managers, resource managers, notification managers, and so on.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。A window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc.
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make it accessible to applications. Said data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phonebook, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. The view system can be used to build applications. A display interface can consist of one or more views. For example, a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂 断等)。The phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 100 . For example, the management of call status (including connected, hung up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the top status bar of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, prompting text information in the status bar, issuing a prompt sound, vibrating the electronic device, and flashing the indicator light, etc.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。Android Runtime includes core library and virtual machine. The Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one part is the function function that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application program layer and the application program framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
本地框架层可以包括本地服务和系统库。The native framework layer can include native services and system libraries.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。A system library can include multiple function modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of various commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files, etc. The media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing, etc.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
本地服务可以包括:网络代理服务、蜂窝网卡、Wi-Fi网卡、蓝牙网卡和USB网卡等。The local service may include: a network proxy service, a cellular network card, a Wi-Fi network card, a Bluetooth network card, and a USB network card.
网络代理服务可以用于NAT(Network Address Translation,网络地址转换)转换。The network proxy service can be used for NAT (Network Address Translation, Network Address Translation) translation.
蜂窝网卡可以用于将应用程序发送的数据封装成Modem(调制解调器)所能够识别的数据,以及用于将从Modem传入的数据进行解封装。The cellular network card can be used to encapsulate the data sent by the application program into data that can be recognized by the Modem (modem), and to decapsulate the incoming data from the Modem.
Wi-Fi网卡可以用于将数据封装成可以通过Wi-Fi硬件模块发送的数据,或者,将对从Wi-Fi硬件模块传入的数据进行解封装。The Wi-Fi network card can be used to encapsulate data into data that can be sent through the Wi-Fi hardware module, or to decapsulate the data incoming from the Wi-Fi hardware module.
蓝牙网卡可以用于将数据封装成可以通过蓝牙硬件模块发送的数据,或者,将对从蓝牙硬件模块传入的数据进行解封装。The Bluetooth network card can be used to encapsulate data into data that can be sent through the Bluetooth hardware module, or to decapsulate the incoming data from the Bluetooth hardware module.
USB网卡用于将数据封装成可以通过USB数据线传输数据,以及用于从USB数据线传入的数据进行解封装。The USB network card is used for encapsulating data into data that can be transmitted through the USB data line, and for decapsulating the incoming data from the USB data line.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,Wi-Fi驱动,蓝牙驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer includes at least a display driver, a Wi-Fi driver, a Bluetooth driver, an audio driver, and a sensor driver.
可以理解的是,图2示出的系统框架层、系统库与运行时层包含的部件,并不构成 对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It can be understood that the components contained in the system framework layer, system library and runtime layer shown in FIG. 2 do not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
示例性的,当用户使用的电子设备(如手机、平板电脑、手表等)通信能力无法满足用户需求时,可以购置一设置有通信模块(可以包括无线通信模块和/或移动通信模块)的设备保护装置(设备保护装置如手机壳、平板保护壳、手表保护套等,设备保护装置具有蜂窝能力和/或无线通信能力),然后将电子设备套入设备保护装置,并连接电子设备与设备保护装置,这样,电子设备可以拥有设备保护装置的蜂窝能力和/或无线通信能力。后续,电子设备可以协同自身的蜂窝能力(或者无线通信能力)和设备保护装置的蜂窝能力(或者无线通信能力)上网,从而能够增加带宽,降低数据传输时延。Exemplarily, when the communication capability of the electronic device used by the user (such as a mobile phone, tablet computer, watch, etc.) cannot meet the user's needs, a device equipped with a communication module (which may include a wireless communication module and/or a mobile communication module) can be purchased Protective device (device protection device such as mobile phone case, tablet protective case, watch case, etc., the device protection device has cellular capability and/or wireless communication capability), then put the electronic device into the device protection device, and connect the electronic device to the device protection device device, such that the electronic device may have cellular capabilities and/or wireless communication capabilities of the device protection device. Subsequently, the electronic device can cooperate with its own cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) and the cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) of the device protection device to access the Internet, thereby increasing bandwidth and reducing data transmission delay.
示例性的,电子设备与设备保护装置连接后,电子设备拥有的上网能力,可以是电子设备自身的蜂窝能力(或者无线通信能力),与设备保护装置的蜂窝能力(或者无线通信能力)之和。Exemplarily, after the electronic device is connected to the device protection device, the Internet access capability of the electronic device may be the sum of the cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) of the electronic device itself and the cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) of the device protection device .
本申请实施例以电子设备为手机,设备保护装置为手机壳且手机壳设置有移动通信模块为例进行说明。In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device is a mobile phone, the equipment protection device is a mobile phone case and the mobile communication module is provided on the mobile phone case for illustration.
图3a为示例性示出的应用场景示意图。Fig. 3a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary application scenario.
参照图3a,用户将4G(the 4th generation mobile communication technology,第四代移动通信技术)手机套入5G手机壳后,可以连接4G手机与5G手机壳,这样,4G手机可以拥有5G手机的蜂窝能力。后续,4G手机可以协同自身的蜂窝能力(无线通信能力)和5G手机壳的蜂窝能力,与服务器进行数据的交互,从而能够增加带宽,降低数据传输时延。Referring to Figure 3a, after a user puts a 4G (the 4th generation mobile communication technology) mobile phone into a 5G mobile phone case, the user can connect the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case, so that the 4G mobile phone can have the cellular capability of the 5G mobile phone . Subsequently, the 4G mobile phone can cooperate with its own cellular capability (wireless communication capability) and the cellular capability of the 5G mobile phone case to interact with the server for data, thereby increasing bandwidth and reducing data transmission delay.
一种可能的方式中,用户使用的手机是4G手机,手机壳可以是4G手机壳。一种可能的方式中,用户使用的手机是5G手机,手机壳可以是5G手机壳。一种可能的方式中,用户使用的手机是5G手机,手机壳可以是6G手机壳;等等。应当理解的是,本申请实施例不限制手机和手机壳所使用的无线通信技术。In one possible manner, the mobile phone used by the user is a 4G mobile phone, and the mobile phone case may be a 4G mobile phone case. In one possible way, the mobile phone used by the user is a 5G mobile phone, and the mobile phone case can be a 5G mobile phone case. In one possible way, the mobile phone used by the user is a 5G mobile phone, and the mobile phone case can be a 6G mobile phone case; and so on. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the wireless communication technology used by the mobile phone and the mobile phone case.
示例性的,5G手机壳的硬件结构与手机的硬件结构类似。参照图1,需要说明的是,5G手机壳的处理器的处理能力,低于手机中处理器的处理能力。5G手机壳的具有的传感器模块,少于手机具有的传感器模块;当然,5G手机壳也可以不具有传感器模块。5G手机壳可以具有音频模块、扬声器、受话器、麦克风、耳机接口、显示屏、摄像头、按键、指示器、马达中的一种或多种。5G手机壳的SIM卡接口可以是eSIM(Embedded-SIM,嵌入式SIM卡)。Exemplarily, the hardware structure of the 5G mobile phone case is similar to that of the mobile phone. Referring to Figure 1, it should be noted that the processing capability of the processor of the 5G mobile phone case is lower than that of the processor in the mobile phone. A 5G mobile phone case has fewer sensor modules than a mobile phone; of course, a 5G mobile phone case may not have a sensor module. The 5G mobile phone case can have one or more of audio modules, speakers, receivers, microphones, headphone jacks, display screens, cameras, buttons, indicators, and motors. The SIM card interface of the 5G mobile phone case can be eSIM (Embedded-SIM, embedded SIM card).
示例性的,5G手机壳的系统框架层与手机的系统框架层类似。参照图2,需要说明的是,5G手机壳的系统框架层可以不包括应用程序层和应用程序框架层。Exemplarily, the system framework layer of the 5G mobile phone case is similar to that of the mobile phone. Referring to Fig. 2, it should be noted that the system framework layer of the 5G mobile phone case may not include the application program layer and the application program framework layer.
本申请实施例以4G协同自身的蜂窝能力和5G手机壳的蜂窝能力上网,且5G手机壳包括用于插入SIM卡的SIM接口为例,进行说明。In this embodiment of the application, 4G coordinates with its own cellular capability and the cellular capability of a 5G mobile phone case to access the Internet, and the 5G mobile phone case includes a SIM interface for inserting a SIM card as an example for illustration.
示例性的,可以先将SIM卡插入5G手机壳中,再将4G手机套入5G手机壳;然后连接4G手机和5G手机壳。Exemplarily, the SIM card can be inserted into the 5G mobile phone case first, and then the 4G mobile phone can be inserted into the 5G mobile phone case; and then the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case can be connected.
图3b为示例性示出的设备连接示意图。Fig. 3b is a schematic diagram of device connection exemplarily shown.
参照图3b,示例性的,4G手机可以与5G手机壳通过USB(Universal Serial Bus,通用串行总线)数据线,建立USB连接。示例性的,4G手机壳还可以通过USB数据线,为5G手机壳供电。Referring to FIG. 3b, for example, a 4G mobile phone can establish a USB connection with a 5G mobile phone case through a USB (Universal Serial Bus, Universal Serial Bus) data line. Exemplarily, the 4G mobile phone case can also provide power for the 5G mobile phone case through the USB data cable.
图3c为示例性示出的通信连接示意图。Fig. 3c is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
参照图3c,示例性的,4G手机与5G手机壳通过USB数据线连接后,4G手机中的USB网卡1与5G手机壳中的USB网卡2之间即可以建立USB连接。Referring to FIG. 3 c , for example, after the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case are connected through a USB data cable, a USB connection can be established between the USB network card 1 in the 4G mobile phone and the USB network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case.
示例性的,若5G手机壳中的SIM2卡未被激活,则4G手机和5G手机壳连接之后,可以通过4G手机将5G手机壳中的SIM2卡激活。Exemplarily, if the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case is not activated, after the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case are connected, the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case can be activated through the 4G mobile phone.
示例性的,4G手机中设置有5G手机壳的手机壳管理应用,手机壳管理应用用于对手机壳进行管理,例如,蓝牙管理、WLAN管理、电量管理、移动网络管理、SIM/eSIM激活等。进而,用户可以通过在4G手机的手机壳管理应用中的操作,将5G手机壳中的SIM2卡激活。Exemplarily, a mobile phone case management application of a 5G mobile phone case is set in a 4G mobile phone, and the mobile phone case management application is used to manage the mobile phone case, for example, Bluetooth management, WLAN management, power management, mobile network management, SIM/eSIM activation, etc. . Furthermore, the user can activate the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case by operating in the mobile phone case management application of the 4G mobile phone.
图4a为示例性示出的界面示意图。Fig. 4a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interface.
参照图4a(1),示例性的,401是手机的主界面,手机的主界面401包括一个或多个控件,包括但不限于:应用图标(例如,华为分享应用的应用图标、浏览器应用的应用图标、手机壳管理应用的应用图标402)、网络标识、电量标识等。Referring to Figure 4a(1), exemplarily, 401 is the main interface of the mobile phone, and the main interface 401 of the mobile phone includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: application icons (for example, application icons of Huawei sharing applications, browser application , the application icon 402) of the mobile phone case management application, the network identification, the battery identification, and the like.
继续参照图4a(1),当用户需要激活5G手机壳中的SIM卡时,可以点击手机壳管理应用的应用图标402,手机响应于用户的操作行为,进入手机壳管理界面403,如图4a(2)所示。Continue referring to Figure 4a(1), when the user needs to activate the SIM card in the 5G mobile phone case, he can click the application icon 402 of the mobile phone case management application, and the mobile phone will enter the mobile phone case management interface 403 in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in Figure 4a (2) shown.
参照图4a(2),示例性的,手机壳管理界面403包括一个或多个控件,包括但不限于:蓝牙管理选项、WLAN管理选项405、电量管理选项、移动网络管理选项406、SIM/eSIM激活选项404等。用户点击蓝牙管理选项,可以进入手机壳蓝牙管理界面,在手机壳蓝牙管理界面中,用户可以控制5G手机壳的蓝牙开关,为5G手机壳选择连接的蓝牙等。用户点击WLAN管理选项405,可以进入手机壳WLAN管理界面,在手机壳WLAN管理界面中,用户可以控制5G手机壳的WLAN开关,为5G手机壳选择连接的WLAN等。用户点击电量管理选项,可以进入手机壳电量管理界面,在电量管理界面中,用户可以查看5G手机壳的电池状态,设置手机壳的电池模式等。用户点击移动网络管理选项406,可以进入手机壳移动网络管理界面,在手机壳移动网络管理界面中,用户可以控制5G手机壳的移动网络开关、控制5G手机壳的热点开关等。用户点击SIM/eSIM激活选项404,手机可以响应于用户的操作行为,向5G手机壳发送激活指示。5G手机接收到激活指示后,可以响应于激活指示,激活SIM2卡。待5G手机壳中的SIM2卡激活后,5G手机壳就具有了5G蜂窝能力。Referring to FIG. 4a(2), exemplary, the mobile phone case management interface 403 includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: Bluetooth management options, WLAN management options 405, power management options, mobile network management options 406, SIM/eSIM Activate option 404 etc. The user clicks the Bluetooth management option to enter the Bluetooth management interface of the mobile phone case. In the Bluetooth management interface of the mobile phone case, the user can control the Bluetooth switch of the 5G mobile phone case, and select the connected Bluetooth for the 5G mobile phone case. The user clicks on the WLAN management option 405 to enter the WLAN management interface of the mobile phone case. In the WLAN management interface of the mobile phone case, the user can control the WLAN switch of the 5G mobile phone case, select a connected WLAN for the 5G mobile phone case, and so on. The user clicks on the power management option to enter the power management interface of the mobile phone case. In the power management interface, the user can view the battery status of the 5G mobile phone case, set the battery mode of the mobile phone case, etc. The user clicks on the mobile network management option 406 to enter the mobile network management interface of the mobile phone case. In the mobile network management interface of the mobile phone case, the user can control the mobile network switch of the 5G mobile phone case, control the hotspot switch of the 5G mobile phone case, etc. The user clicks on the SIM/eSIM activation option 404, and the mobile phone can send an activation instruction to the 5G mobile phone case in response to the user's operation behavior. After receiving the activation instruction, the 5G mobile phone can activate the SIM2 card in response to the activation instruction. After the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case is activated, the 5G mobile phone case will have 5G cellular capabilities.
图4b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图。Fig. 4b is a schematic diagram of a communication connection exemplarily shown.
参照图4b,示例性的,5G手机壳中的SIM2卡被激活后,可以在5G手机壳中创建蜂窝网卡2。Referring to Fig. 4b, for example, after the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case is activated, a cellular network card 2 can be created in the 5G mobile phone case.
示例性的,5G手机壳中的SIM2卡激活后,4G手机中支持多流并发的应用程序,可以使用自身的蜂窝数据通路和5G手机壳的蜂窝数据通路,并行与对应的业务服务器进行 数据交互。其中,支持多流并发的应用程序可以是指可以并行建立多个TCP/IP(Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol,传输控制协议/网际协议)连接的应用程序,如视频应用、游戏应用、直播应用等等。本申请实施例以4G手机中的APP(Application,应用程序)2为多流并发应用程序为例进行说明。Exemplarily, after the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case is activated, the multi-stream concurrent application program in the 4G mobile phone can use its own cellular data path and the cellular data path of the 5G mobile phone case to perform data interaction with the corresponding service server in parallel . Among them, the application program that supports multi-stream concurrency can refer to the application program that can establish multiple TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol, Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) connections in parallel, such as video applications, game applications, live broadcast applications, etc. wait. In this embodiment of the present application, an APP (Application, application program) 2 in a 4G mobile phone is taken as an example for description.
图5a为示例性示出的连接示意图。Fig. 5a is an exemplary connection diagram.
参照图5a,示例性的,APP2需要与业务服务器进行数据交互时,可以先与业务服务器建立多条TCP/IP连接,然后APP2再基于建立的多条TCP/IP连接,与业务服务器进行数据交互。示例性的,本申请实施例不限制APP2与业务服务器建立的TCP/IP连接的数量,本申请实施例以建立两条TCP/IP连接为例进行示例性说明。Referring to Figure 5a, for example, when APP2 needs to perform data interaction with the business server, it can first establish multiple TCP/IP connections with the business server, and then APP2 performs data interaction with the business server based on the established multiple TCP/IP connections . Exemplarily, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of TCP/IP connections established between APP2 and the service server, and the embodiment of the present application takes the establishment of two TCP/IP connections as an example for illustration.
示例性的,APP2与业务服务器建立TCP/IP连接的过程,实质上是APP2建立与业务服务器之间的socket(套接字)连接的过程。Exemplarily, the process of establishing a TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the service server is essentially the process of establishing a socket (socket) connection between APP2 and the service server.
图5b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图。Fig. 5b is a schematic diagram of a communication connection exemplarily shown.
参照图5b(1),示例性的,APP2可以通过4G手机中的蜂窝网卡1和Modem1,建立与业务服务器之间socket1连接。参照图5b(2),示例性的,socket1连接是APP2—蜂窝网卡1—Modem1—业务服务器之间的数据通路,可见,socket1连接实质上是APP2和业务服务器之间的一条TCP/IP连接。Referring to FIG. 5b(1), for example, APP2 can establish a socket1 connection with the service server through the cellular network card 1 and Modem1 in the 4G mobile phone. Referring to Fig. 5b(2), exemplary, the socket1 connection is a data path between APP2-cellular network card 1-Modem1-service server. It can be seen that the socket1 connection is essentially a TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the service server.
示例性的,socket1连接的源IP地址为蜂窝网卡1的IP地址,目的IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址。例如,蜂窝网卡1的IP地址为a.b.c.d,业务服务器的IP地址为E.F.G.H,则socket1连接的源IP地址为a.b.c.d,目的IP地址为E.F.G.H。Exemplarily, the source IP address of the socket1 connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 1, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server. For example, the IP address of the cellular network card 1 is a.b.c.d, and the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H, then the source IP address of the socket1 connection is a.b.c.d, and the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
参照图5b(1),示例性的,APP2可以通过4G手机中的USB网卡1、5G手机壳中的USB网卡2、5G手机壳中的网络代理服务、5G手机壳中的蜂窝网卡2和5G手机壳中的Modem2,建立与业务服务器之间的socket2连接。参照图5b(3),示例性的,socket2连接可以包括socket2a连接和socket2b连接。其中,socket2a连接是由APP2创建的,是APP2—USB网卡1—USB网卡2—网络代理服务之间的数据通路。socket2b连接是基于socket2a连接触发创建的,是网络代理服务—蜂窝网卡2-Modem2—业务服务器之间的数据通路。可见,socket2a连接和socket2b连接,组成APP2和业务服务器之间的另一条TCP/IP连接。Referring to Figure 5b(1), for example, APP2 can use the USB network card 1 in the 4G mobile phone, the USB network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case, the network proxy service in the 5G mobile phone case, the cellular network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case and the 5G Modem2 in the mobile phone case establishes a socket2 connection with the service server. Referring to FIG. 5b(3), for example, the socket2 connection may include a socket2a connection and a socket2b connection. Among them, the socket2a connection is created by APP2, which is the data path between APP2—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—network proxy service. The socket2b connection is created based on the socket2a connection trigger, and is the data path between the network proxy service-cellular network card 2-Modem2-business server. It can be seen that the socket2a connection and socket2b connection form another TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the business server.
示例性的,socket2a连接的源IP地址为USB网卡1的IP地址,目的IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址。例如,USB网卡1的IP地址为w.x.y.z,业务服务器的IP地址为E.F.G.H,则socket2a连接的源IP地址为w.x.y.z,目的IP地址为E.F.G.H。Exemplarily, the source IP address of the socket2a connection is the IP address of the USB network card 1, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server. For example, the IP address of USB network card 1 is w.x.y.z, the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H, then the source IP address of socket2a connection is w.x.y.z, and the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
示例性的,socket2b连接的源IP地址为蜂窝网卡2的IP地址,目的IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址。例如,蜂窝网卡2的IP地址为A.B.C.D,业务服务器的IP地址为E.F.G.H,则socket2b源IP地址为A.B.C.D,目的IP地址为E.F.G.H。Exemplarily, the source IP address of the socket2b connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 2, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server. For example, the IP address of the cellular network card 2 is A.B.C.D, and the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H, then the source IP address of socket2b is A.B.C.D, and the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
示例性的,APP2可以通过与业务服务器进行三次握手,来建立与业务服务器之间的socket连接。其中,APP2建立与业务服务器之间的socket1连接的过程,具体可以参照现有协议中的规定,在此不再赘述。以下对APP2建立与业务服务器之间的socket2连接的过程进行示例性说明。Exemplarily, APP2 may establish a socket connection with the service server by performing a three-way handshake with the service server. Wherein, the process of establishing the socket1 connection between APP2 and the service server can refer to the provisions in the existing protocol for details, and will not be repeated here. The process of establishing the socket2 connection between APP2 and the service server is described as an example below.
图6a为示例性示出的数据传输示意图。Fig. 6a is a schematic diagram of data transmission exemplarily shown.
示例性的,APP2先向业务服务器发送SYN(synchronize,同步)包,与业务服务器进行第一次握手。参照图6a,示例性的,APP2发送的源数据为SYN包。示例性的,APP2发出SYN包后,SYN包被添加TCP头和IP头,并被传入USB网卡1。其中,为了便于后续说明,可以将添加了IP头和TCP头的SYN包称为数据A1,以及将为SYN包添加的IP头称为IP头(1),将为SYN包括添加的TCP头称为TCP头(1)。Exemplarily, APP2 first sends a SYN (synchronize, synchronization) packet to the service server, and performs a first handshake with the service server. Referring to Fig. 6a, for example, the source data sent by APP2 is a SYN packet. Exemplarily, after APP2 sends out the SYN packet, the SYN packet is added with a TCP header and an IP header, and is transmitted to the USB network card 1 . Wherein, for the convenience of subsequent description, the SYN packet with the IP header and the TCP header added can be called data A1, and the IP header added to the SYN packet can be called IP header (1), and the added TCP header will be called “A1” for SYN. is the TCP header (1).
示例性的,TCP头(1)中可以包括源端口和目的端口,源端口为4G手机中与socket2a连接绑定的端口如PROT1,目的端口为业务服务器中与socket2连接绑定的端口如PROT16。IP头(1)包括源IP地址和目的IP地址,源IP地址为USB网卡1的IP地址如w.x.y.z,目的IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址如E.F.G.H。Exemplarily, the TCP header (1) may include a source port and a destination port, the source port is the port bound to the socket2a connection in the 4G mobile phone, such as PROT1, and the destination port is the port bound to the socket2 connection in the service server, such as PROT16. The IP header (1) includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the source IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 1 such as w.x.y.z, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server such as E.F.G.H.
示例性的,4G手机与5G手机壳之间,通过USB数据线采用TCP/IP协议或UDP/IP(User Datagram ProtocolInternet Protocol,用户数据报协议/网际协议)协议进行通信。也就是说,的USB连接可以是TCP/IP连接,也可以是UDP/IP连接,本申请实施例对此不作限制。本申请实施例以4G手机与5G手机壳之间的USB连接为TCP/IP连接为例进行示例性说明。Exemplarily, between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case, the TCP/IP protocol or UDP/IP (User Datagram Protocol Internet Protocol, User Datagram Protocol/Internet Protocol) protocol is used for communication through the USB data cable. That is to say, the USB connection may be a TCP/IP connection or a UDP/IP connection, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the USB connection between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case is an example of a TCP/IP connection for illustration.
继续参照图6a,USB网卡1接收到数据A1后,可以按照USB网卡1与USB网卡2之间的TCP/IP协议,为数据A1封装上对应的TCP头(2)和IP头(2),得到数据A2。Continuing to refer to FIG. 6a, after the USB network card 1 receives the data A1, it can encapsulate the corresponding TCP header (2) and IP header (2) for the data A1 according to the TCP/IP protocol between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2, Get data A2.
示例性的,TCP头(2)中也可以包括源端口和目的端口,源端口为USB网卡1中用于与USB网卡2通信的端口,目的端口为USB网卡2中用于与USB网卡1通信的端口。IP头(2)中也包括源IP地址和目的IP地址,源IP地址为USB网卡1的IP地址,目的IP地址为USB网卡2的IP地址。Exemplarily, the TCP header (2) may also include a source port and a destination port, the source port is the port used for communicating with the USB network card 2 in the USB network card 1, and the destination port is used for communicating with the USB network card 1 in the USB network card 2 port. The IP header (2) also includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the source IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 1, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 2.
示例性的,USB网卡1封装得到数据A2后,可以基于USB网卡1与USB网卡2之间的连接,将数据A2发送到USB网卡2。Exemplarily, after the USB network card 1 encapsulates and obtains the data A2, the data A2 may be sent to the USB network card 2 based on the connection between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 .
示例性的,USB网卡2可以接收到数据A2,然后可以对数据A2进行解封装,去掉数据A2的IP头(2)和TCP头(2),得到数据A3。其中,数据A3实质上是数据A1。Exemplarily, the USB network card 2 can receive the data A2, and then can decapsulate the data A2, remove the IP header (2) and the TCP header (2) of the data A2, and obtain the data A3. Among them, data A3 is substantially data A1.
示例性的,USB网卡2可以将数据A3发送至网络代理服务。网络代理服务接收到数据A3后,可以对数据A3进行NAT转换,得到数据A4。其中,对数据A3进行NAT转换,实质上是将数据A3中IP头(1)中源IP地址由USB网卡1的IP地址,转换为蜂窝网卡2的IP地址,以及将TCP头(1)中源端口由4G手机中与socket2a连接绑定的端口,转换为5G手机壳中与socket2b连接绑定的端口。示例性的,5G手机壳中与socket2b连接绑定的端口可以是5G手机壳中未被占用的端口。进而,得到的数据A4的IP头(1)中的源地址为A.B.C.D,TCP头(1)中的源端口为PROT0。Exemplarily, the USB network card 2 can send the data A3 to the network proxy service. After the network proxy service receives the data A3, it can perform NAT conversion on the data A3 to obtain the data A4. Among them, performing NAT conversion on data A3 is to convert the source IP address in IP header (1) in data A3 from the IP address of USB network card 1 to the IP address of cellular network card 2, and convert the source IP address in TCP header (1) to the IP address of cellular network card 2. The source port is converted from the port bound to the socket2a connection in the 4G mobile phone to the port bound to the socket2b connection in the 5G mobile phone case. Exemplarily, the port bound to the socket2b connection in the 5G mobile phone case may be an unoccupied port in the 5G mobile phone case. Furthermore, the source address in the IP header (1) of the obtained data A4 is A.B.C.D, and the source port in the TCP header (1) is PROT0.
示例性的,网络代理服务在进行NAT转换后,可以记录网络转换关系,如:w.x.y.z/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0。Exemplarily, after performing NAT translation, the network proxy service may record the network translation relationship, such as: w.x.y.z/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0.
示例性的,网络代理服务器得到数据A4后,可以将数据A4发送给蜂窝网卡2,由蜂窝网卡2对数据A4进行封装,再将封装后的数据A4传入Modem2,由Modem2对封装后的数据A4进行相应的处理后,发送至业务服务器。进而业务服务器可以接收到APP2发送的SYN包,实现APP2和业务服务器的第一次握手。Exemplarily, after the network proxy server obtains the data A4, it can send the data A4 to the cellular network card 2, and the cellular network card 2 encapsulates the data A4, and then transmits the encapsulated data A4 to Modem2, and the encapsulated data A4 is transmitted to Modem2 by the Modem2. After corresponding processing is performed by A4, it is sent to the service server. Furthermore, the business server can receive the SYN packet sent by APP2, and realize the first handshake between APP2 and the business server.
图6b为示例性示出的数据传输示意图。Fig. 6b is a schematic diagram of data transmission exemplarily shown.
示例性的,业务服务器接收到APP2的SYN包后,可以向APP2返回ACK(ACKnowledge,确认)包。示例性的,5G手机壳的Modem2可以接收到业务服务器返回的ACK包,然后可以将ACK包传输给蜂窝网卡2,蜂窝网卡2对Modem2发送的数据进行相应的处理后,可以得到数据B1,如图6b所示。参照图6b,示例性的,数据B1中的源数据为ACK包。其中,数据B1中IP头(1)包括源IP地址和目的IP地址,目的IP地址为蜂窝网卡2的IP地址如A.B.C.D,源IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址如E.F.G.H。TCP头(1)中可以包括源端口和目的端口,目的端口为5G手机壳中与socket2b连接绑定的端口如PROT0,源端口为业务服务器中与socket2连接绑定的端口如PROT16。Exemplarily, after receiving the SYN packet of APP2, the service server may return an ACK (ACKnowledge, confirmation) packet to APP2. Exemplarily, Modem2 of the 5G mobile phone case can receive the ACK packet returned by the service server, and then transmit the ACK packet to the cellular network card 2, and the cellular network card 2 can obtain data B1 after corresponding processing on the data sent by Modem2, as shown in Figure 6b shows. Referring to FIG. 6b, for example, the source data in the data B1 is an ACK packet. Wherein, the IP header (1) in the data B1 includes the source IP address and the destination IP address, the destination IP address is the IP address of the cellular network card 2 such as A.B.C.D, and the source IP address is the IP address of the service server such as E.F.G.H. The TCP header (1) may include a source port and a destination port. The destination port is the port bound to the socket2b connection in the 5G mobile phone case, such as PROT0, and the source port is the port bound to the socket2 connection in the business server, such as PROT16.
示例性的,蜂窝网卡2可以将数据B1发送给网络代理服务。然后网络代理服务根据记录的网络转换关系,如:w.x.y.z/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0,对数据B1进行NAT转换,得到数据B2。示例性的,网络代理服务对数据B1进行NAT转换,实质上是将数据B1中IP头(1)的目的地址,由A.B.C.D转换为w.x.y.z,以及将TCP头(1)中目的端口由PROT0转换为PROT1。Exemplarily, the cellular network card 2 can send the data B1 to the network proxy service. Then the network proxy service performs NAT conversion on data B1 according to the recorded network conversion relationship, such as: w.x.y.z/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0, to obtain data B2. Exemplarily, the network proxy service performs NAT conversion on the data B1, essentially converting the destination address of the IP header (1) in the data B1 from A.B.C.D to w.x.y.z, and converting the destination port in the TCP header (1) from PROT0 to PROT1.
示例性的,网络代理服务可以将数据B2发送至USB网卡2。USB网卡2接收到数据B2后,可以按照USB网卡1与USB网卡2之间的TCP/IP协议,为数据B2封装上对应的TCP头(2)和IP头(2),得到数据B3。Exemplarily, the network proxy service may send the data B2 to the USB network card 2 . After the USB network card 2 receives the data B2, it can encapsulate the corresponding TCP header (2) and IP header (2) on the data B2 according to the TCP/IP protocol between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 to obtain the data B3.
示例性的,TCP头(2)中也可以包括源端口和目的端口,目的端口为USB网卡1中用于与USB网卡2通信的端口,源端口为USB网卡2中用于与USB网卡1通信的端口。IP头(2)中也包括源IP地址和目的IP地址,目的IP地址为USB网卡1的IP地址,源IP地址为USB网卡2的IP地址。Exemplarily, the TCP header (2) may also include a source port and a destination port, the destination port is the port used for communicating with the USB network card 2 in the USB network card 1, and the source port is used for communicating with the USB network card 1 in the USB network card 2 port. The IP header (2) also includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the destination IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 1, and the source IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 2.
示例性的,USB网卡2封装得到数据B3后,可以基于USB网卡1与USB网卡2之间的连接,将数据发送到USB网卡1上。Exemplarily, after the USB network card 2 encapsulates and obtains the data B3, the data may be sent to the USB network card 1 based on the connection between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 .
示例性的,USB网卡1可以接收到数据B3,然后可以对数据B3进行解封装,去掉数据B3的IP头(2)和TCP头(2),得到数据B4。其中,数据B4实质上是数据B2。Exemplarily, the USB network card 1 can receive the data B3, and then can decapsulate the data B3, remove the IP header (2) and the TCP header (2) of the data B3, and obtain the data B4. Among them, data B4 is substantially data B2.
示例性的,USB网卡1可以根据数据B4中TCP(1)的目的端口,将数据B4发送给APP2。示例性的,数据B4在达到APP2之前,被去掉了IP头(1)和TCP头(1),因此APP2接收的数据即为ACK包,这样,可以完成第二次握手。Exemplarily, USB network card 1 can send data B4 to APP2 according to the destination port of TCP (1) in data B4. Exemplarily, before the data B4 reaches APP2, the IP header (1) and the TCP header (1) are removed, so the data received by APP2 is an ACK packet, so that the second handshake can be completed.
示例性的,APP2可以再次发送SYN包与业务服务器进行第三次握手,可以参照上述第一次握手的过程的描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, APP2 may send a SYN packet again to perform a third handshake with the service server, and reference may be made to the description of the above-mentioned first handshake process, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的,APP2与业务服务器进行三次握手之后,即可以建立socket2连接。Exemplarily, after APP2 and the service server perform three-way handshake, the socket2 connection can be established.
示例性的,APP2可以与业务服务器通过socket1连接和socket2连接,并行进行数据交互。Exemplarily, APP2 can connect with the service server through socket1 and socket2, and perform data interaction in parallel.
例如,APP2为视频应用,用户在使用APP2观看视频1的过程中,业务服务器可以将视频1分为2组业务数据包(每组可以包括多个业务数据包),然后分别通过socket1连接和socket2连接,向APP2发送这2组业务数据。其中,4G手机中的Modem1可以接收到业务服务器发送的一组业务数据包,然后通过蜂窝网卡1将业务数据包传输至APP2。5G手机壳中的Modem2可以接收到业务服务器的另一组业务数据包,然后通过蜂窝网卡2→网络代理服务→USB网卡2→USB网卡1,将业务数据包传输至APP2。这 个过程中网卡和网络代理服务对业务数据包的处理,可以参照图6b以及对应的描述(其中,图6b中的源数据为业务数据包),在此不再赘述。这样,能够增加下行带宽,降低下行时延。For example, APP2 is a video application. When the user uses APP2 to watch video 1, the service server can divide video 1 into two groups of business data packets (each group can include multiple business data packets), and then connect to socket2 through socket1 respectively. Connect and send these two sets of business data to APP2. Among them, Modem1 in the 4G mobile phone can receive a set of service data packets sent by the service server, and then transmit the service data packets to APP2 through the cellular network card 1. Modem2 in the 5G mobile phone case can receive another set of service data from the service server packet, and then transmit the service data packet to APP2 through cellular network card 2→network proxy service→USB network card 2→USB network card 1. In this process, the processing of the business data packets by the network card and the network proxy service can refer to FIG. 6b and the corresponding description (wherein, the source data in FIG. 6b is the business data packets), and will not be repeated here. In this way, the downlink bandwidth can be increased and the downlink time delay can be reduced.
例如,APP2为直播应用,用户在使用APP2上传视频2的过程中,APP2可以将视频2分为2组业务数据包(每组可以包括多个业务数据包),然后分别通过socket1连接和socket2连接,向业务服务器发送这2组业务数据。其中,APP2可以通过4G手机中的蜂窝网络1→Modem1,向业务服务器发送一组业务数据包。APP2还可以通过4G手机中USB网卡1→5G手机壳中的USB网卡2→网络代理服务→蜂窝网卡2→Modem2,向业务服务器发送另一组业务数据包。这个过程中网卡和网络代理服务对业务数据包的处理,可以参照图6a以及对应的描述(其中,图6a中的源数据为业务数据包),在此不再赘述。这样可以增加上行带宽,降低上行时延。For example, APP2 is a live broadcast application. When users use APP2 to upload video 2, APP2 can divide video 2 into two groups of business data packets (each group can include multiple business data packets), and then connect through socket1 and socket2 respectively. , and send the two sets of business data to the business server. Among them, APP2 can send a set of service data packets to the service server through the cellular network 1→Modem1 in the 4G mobile phone. APP2 can also send another set of business data packets to the service server through USB network card 1 in the 4G mobile phone → USB network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case → network proxy service → cellular network card 2 → Modem2. In this process, the processing of the service data packets by the network card and the network proxy service can refer to FIG. 6a and the corresponding description (wherein, the source data in FIG. 6a is the service data packets), and will not be repeated here. This can increase the uplink bandwidth and reduce the uplink delay.
需要说明的是,示例性的,图6a中USB网卡1接收到数据A1后也可以不对数据A1进行封装,直接将数据A1发送至USB网卡2,然后USB网卡2将数据A1发送给网络代理服务,由网络代理服务对数据A1进行NAT转换。示例性的,图6b中USB网卡2接收到数据B2后也可以不对数据B2进行封装,直接将数据B2发送至USB网卡1,然后USB网卡1将数据B2发送给APP2。也就是说,本申请实施例不限制USB网卡是否对接收到的数据进行封装与解封装。It should be noted that, for example, in FIG. 6a , the USB network card 1 may not encapsulate the data A1 after receiving the data A1, and directly send the data A1 to the USB network card 2, and then the USB network card 2 sends the data A1 to the network proxy service , the network proxy service performs NAT conversion on data A1. Exemplarily, in FIG. 6 b , the USB network card 2 may not encapsulate the data B2 after receiving the data B2, and directly send the data B2 to the USB network card 1, and then the USB network card 1 sends the data B2 to the APP2. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application does not limit whether the USB network card encapsulates and decapsulates the received data.
图7a为示例性示出的连接示意图。Fig. 7a is an exemplary connection diagram.
示例性的,4G手机与5G手机壳通过USB连接后,4G手机与5G手机壳还可以建立Wi-Fi连接,进而4G手机可以通过与5G手机壳之间的Wi-Fi连接,建立与业务服务器之间的socket2连接。Exemplarily, after the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case are connected via USB, the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case can also establish a Wi-Fi connection, and then the 4G mobile phone can establish a connection with the service server through the Wi-Fi connection between the 5G mobile phone case. socket2 connection between.
示例性的,用户点击图4a(2)中的移动网络管理选项406,4G手机响应于用户的操作行为,展示手机壳移动网络管理界面。然后用户可以在手机壳移动网络管理界面中的操作,打开5G手机壳的热点,以及设置5G手机壳热点的名称和密码,此时,5G手机壳可以作为AP(Wireless Access Point,无线访问接入点)使用。Exemplarily, the user clicks on the mobile network management option 406 in FIG. 4a(2), and the 4G mobile phone displays the mobile network management interface of the mobile phone case in response to the user's operation behavior. Then the user can operate in the mobile network management interface of the mobile phone case, open the hotspot of the 5G mobile phone case, and set the name and password of the hotspot of the 5G mobile phone case. At this time, the 5G mobile phone case can be used as an AP (Wireless Access Point, wireless access access point) to use.
示例性的,用户可以从4G手机的设置应用中,进入手机WLAN管理界面,然后通过在手机WLAN管理界面中的操作,如选择5G手机壳热点名称的无线网络,并输入对应的密码,连接5G手机壳的热点。这样,4G手机可以作为STA(Station,站点)接入5G手机壳。Exemplarily, the user can enter the WLAN management interface of the mobile phone from the setting application of the 4G mobile phone, and then through operations in the WLAN management interface of the mobile phone, such as selecting the wireless network of the hotspot name of the 5G mobile phone case, and entering the corresponding password to connect to the 5G Hot spot for phone cases. In this way, the 4G mobile phone can be used as a STA (Station, station) to access the 5G mobile phone case.
图7b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图。Fig. 7b is a schematic diagram of a communication connection exemplarily shown.
参照图7b,示例性的,当4G手机与5G手机壳建立Wi-Fi连接后,4G手机中的Wi-Fi网卡1与5G手机壳中的Wi-Fi网卡2可以建立Wi-Fi连接。Referring to FIG. 7b , for example, after the 4G mobile phone establishes a Wi-Fi connection with the 5G mobile phone case, the Wi-Fi network card 1 in the 4G mobile phone and the Wi-Fi network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case can establish a Wi-Fi connection.
示例性的,可以参照上文中的描述,激活5G手机壳中的SIM2卡,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, you can refer to the description above to activate the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case, and details will not be repeated here.
图7c为示例性示出的通信连接示意图。Fig. 7c is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
示例性的,针对图7c可以参照上文图5b的描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, for FIG. 7c, reference may be made to the description of FIG. 5b above, and details are not repeated here.
需要说明的是,图7c与图5b的区别在于,图7c中,4G手机与5G手机壳是通过Wi-Fi网卡1与Wi-Fi网卡2之间的Wi-Fi连接进行数据交互。也就是说,图7c中socket1 连接是APP2—蜂窝网卡1—Modem1—业务服务器之间的数据通路,socket2连接可以包括socket2a连接和socket2b连接,socket2a连接是APP2—Wi-Fi网卡1—Wi-Fi网卡2-网络代理服务之间的数据通路,socket2b连接是网络代理服务-蜂窝网卡2-Modem2—业务服务器之间的数据通路。It should be noted that the difference between Figure 7c and Figure 5b is that in Figure 7c, the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case exchange data through the Wi-Fi connection between Wi-Fi network card 1 and Wi-Fi network card 2. That is to say, the socket1 connection in Figure 7c is the data path between APP2-cellular network card 1-Modem1-service server, the socket2 connection can include socket2a connection and socket2b connection, and the socket2a connection is APP2-Wi-Fi network card 1-Wi-Fi The data path between network card 2-network agent service, socket2b connection is the data path between network agent service-cellular network card 2-Modem2-business server.
一种可能的方式中,Wi-Fi网卡1与Wi-Fi网卡2之间的Wi-Fi连接可以是层3(网络层)的连接。进而Wi-Fi网卡1和Wi-Fi网卡2接收到数据后,需要按照对应的通信协议进行封装,然后再对封装后的数据进行转发。示例性的,Wi-Fi网卡1与Wi-Fi网卡2的通信协议可以为TCP/IP协议。In a possible manner, the Wi-Fi connection between the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi network card 2 may be a layer 3 (network layer) connection. Furthermore, after receiving the data, the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi network card 2 need to encapsulate the data according to the corresponding communication protocol, and then forward the encapsulated data. Exemplarily, the communication protocol between the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi network card 2 may be a TCP/IP protocol.
图7d为示例性示出数据传输示意图。Fig. 7d is a schematic diagram exemplarily showing data transmission.
示例性的,针对图7d可以参照上文图6a的描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, for FIG. 7d, reference may be made to the description of FIG. 6a above, and details are not repeated here.
需要说明的是,图7d与图6a的区别在于,图7c中数据A1的IP头(1)中的源IP地址是Wi-Fi网卡1的IP地址如r.s.t.u。IP头(2)中的源IP地址为Wi-Fi网卡1的IP地址,目的IP地址为Wi-Fi网卡2的IP地址。TCP头(2)中的源端口为Wi-Fi网卡1中用于与Wi-Fi网卡2通信的端口,目的端口为Wi-Fi网卡2中用于与Wi-Fi网卡1通信的端口。It should be noted that the difference between FIG. 7d and FIG. 6a is that the source IP address in the IP header (1) of the data A1 in FIG. 7c is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 1 such as r.s.t.u. The source IP address in the IP header (2) is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 1, and the destination IP address is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 2. The source port in the TCP header (2) is the port used in Wi-Fi network card 1 to communicate with Wi-Fi network card 2, and the destination port is the port used in Wi-Fi network card 2 to communicate with Wi-Fi network card 1.
图7e为示例性示出数据传输示意图。Fig. 7e is a schematic diagram exemplarily showing data transmission.
示例性的,针对图7e可以参照上文图6b的描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, for FIG. 7e, reference may be made to the description of FIG. 6b above, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,图7e与图6b的区别在于,图7c中数据B2的IP头(1)中的目的IP地址是Wi-Fi网卡1的IP地址如r.s.t.u。IP头(2)中的目的IP地址为Wi-Fi网卡1的IP地址,源IP地址为Wi-Fi网卡2的IP地址。TCP头(2)中的目的端口为Wi-Fi网卡1中用于与Wi-Fi网卡2通信的端口,源端口为Wi-Fi网卡2中用于与Wi-Fi网卡1通信的端口。It should be noted that the difference between FIG. 7e and FIG. 6b is that the destination IP address in the IP header (1) of data B2 in FIG. 7c is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 1 such as r.s.t.u. The destination IP address in the IP header (2) is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 1, and the source IP address is the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 2. The destination port in the TCP header (2) is the port used in Wi-Fi network card 1 to communicate with Wi-Fi network card 2, and the source port is the port used in Wi-Fi network card 2 to communicate with Wi-Fi network card 1.
一种可能的方式中,Wi-Fi网卡1与Wi-Fi网卡2之间的Wi-Fi连接可以是层2(数据链路层)的连接。进而Wi-Fi网卡1和Wi-Fi网卡2接收到数据后,直接对数据进行转发即可。In a possible manner, the Wi-Fi connection between the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi network card 2 may be a layer 2 (data link layer) connection. Further, after receiving the data, the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi network card 2 can directly forward the data.
图8a为示例性示出数据传输示意图。Fig. 8a is a schematic diagram exemplarily showing data transmission.
示例性的,针对图8a可以参照上文图6a的描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, for FIG. 8a, reference may be made to the description of FIG. 6a above, and details are not repeated here.
需要说明的是,图8a与图6a的区别在于,Wi-Fi网卡1在接收到数据A1后,可以无需对数据A1进行处理,直接将数据A1转发至Wi-Fi网卡2,也就是说,Wi-Fi网卡2接收到的数据也是数据A1。进而Wi-Fi网卡2也无需对数据A1进行解封装,而是直接将数据A1发送至网络代理服务。It should be noted that the difference between Fig. 8a and Fig. 6a is that after receiving data A1, Wi-Fi network card 1 can directly forward data A1 to Wi-Fi network card 2 without processing data A1, that is to say, The data received by Wi-Fi network card 2 is also data A1. Furthermore, the Wi-Fi network card 2 does not need to decapsulate the data A1, but directly sends the data A1 to the network proxy service.
图8b为示例性示出数据传输示意图。Fig. 8b is a schematic diagram exemplarily showing data transmission.
示例性的,针对图8b可以参照上文图6b的描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, for FIG. 8b, reference may be made to the description of FIG. 6b above, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,图8b与图6b的区别在于,Wi-Fi网卡2在接收到数据B2后,可以无需对数据B2进行处理,直接将数据B2转发至Wi-Fi网卡1,也就是说,Wi-Fi网卡1接收到的数据也是数据B2。进而Wi-Fi网卡1也无需对数据B2进行解封装,而是直接向APP2发送数据B2。It should be noted that the difference between Fig. 8b and Fig. 6b is that after receiving data B2, Wi-Fi network card 2 can directly forward data B2 to Wi-Fi network card 1 without processing data B2, that is to say, The data received by Wi-Fi network card 1 is also data B2. Furthermore, the Wi-Fi network card 1 does not need to decapsulate the data B2, but directly sends the data B2 to the APP2.
应当理解的是,4G手机还可以与5G手机壳之间建立Wi-Fi P2P(Peer to Peer,对等) 连接。示例性的,用户可以通过点击图4(2)中的华为分享选项,进入手机壳分享界面;以及点击4G手机主界面中华为分享应用的应用图标,进入手机分享界面。然后用户可以在手机壳分享界面和手机分享界面中进行操作,建立4G手机和5G手机壳的Wi-Fi P2P连接。此时,socket2连接可以包括socket2a连接和socket2b连接,socket2a连接是APP2—P2P网卡1—P2P网卡2-网络代理服务之间的数据通路,socket2b连接是网络代理服务-蜂窝网卡2-Modem2—业务服务器之间的数据通路。APP2与业务服务器建立TCP/IP连接的过程,以及APP2与业务服务器进行业务数据交互的过程,P2P网卡1和P2P网卡1对数据的处理方式,可以参照图7d和图7e,或者,参照图8a和图8b。It should be understood that the 4G mobile phone can also establish a Wi-Fi P2P (Peer to Peer, peer-to-peer) connection with the 5G mobile phone case. Exemplarily, the user can enter the mobile phone case sharing interface by clicking the Huawei sharing option in FIG. 4(2); and click the application icon of the Huawei sharing application in the main interface of the 4G mobile phone to enter the mobile phone sharing interface. Then the user can operate in the mobile phone case sharing interface and the mobile phone sharing interface to establish a Wi-Fi P2P connection between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case. At this time, socket2 connection can include socket2a connection and socket2b connection, socket2a connection is the data path between APP2—P2P network card 1—P2P network card 2—network agent service, socket2b connection is network agent service—cellular network card 2—Modem2—business server data path between them. For the process of establishing a TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the business server, as well as the process of business data interaction between APP2 and the business server, and how P2P network card 1 and P2P network card 1 process data, please refer to Figure 7d and Figure 7e, or refer to Figure 8a and Figure 8b.
应当理解的是,4G手机还可以与5G手机壳之间建立蓝牙连接。示例性的,用户可以通过点击图4(2)中的蓝牙管理选项,进入手机壳蓝牙管理界面;以及从4G手机的设置应用程序中进入手机蓝牙管理界面。然后用户可以在手机壳蓝牙管理界面和手机蓝牙管理界面中进行操作,建立4G手机和5G手机壳的蓝牙连接。此时,socket2连接可以包括socket2a连接和socket2b连接,socket2a连接是APP2—蓝牙网卡1—蓝牙网卡2-网络代理服务之间的数据通路,socket2b连接是网络代理服务—蜂窝网卡2—Modem2—业务服务器之间的数据通路。APP2与业务服务器建立TCP/IP连接的过程,以及APP2与业务服务器进行业务数据交互的过程,蓝牙网卡1和蓝牙网卡2对数据的处理方式,可以参照图7d和图7e,或者,参照图8a和图8b。It should be understood that the 4G mobile phone can also establish a Bluetooth connection with the 5G mobile phone case. Exemplarily, the user can enter the mobile phone case Bluetooth management interface by clicking the Bluetooth management option in FIG. 4(2); and enter the mobile phone Bluetooth management interface from the setting application program of the 4G mobile phone. Then the user can operate in the Bluetooth management interface of the mobile phone case and the Bluetooth management interface of the mobile phone to establish a Bluetooth connection between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case. At this time, socket2 connection can include socket2a connection and socket2b connection, socket2a connection is the data path between APP2-Bluetooth network card 1-Bluetooth network card 2-network proxy service, socket2b connection is network proxy service-cellular network card 2-Modem2-business server data path between them. For the process of establishing a TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the business server, as well as the process of business data interaction between APP2 and the business server, and the data processing methods of Bluetooth network card 1 and Bluetooth network card 2, please refer to Figure 7d and Figure 7e, or refer to Figure 8a and Figure 8b.
需要说明的是,一种可能的场景可以是,4G手机使用的是Wi-Fi网络,5G手机壳使用的是蜂窝网络,此时4G手机可以协同自身连接的Wi-Fi网络和5G手机壳的蜂窝网络,与业务服务器进行数据交互。此时,APP2与业务服务器建立的socket1可以是APP2—Wi-Fi网卡1—Wi-Fi硬件模块1—业务服务器之间的数据通道。It should be noted that a possible scenario can be that the 4G mobile phone uses a Wi-Fi network, and the 5G mobile phone case uses a cellular network. Cellular network for data interaction with service servers. At this time, the socket1 established between APP2 and the business server may be a data channel between APP2—Wi-Fi network card 1—Wi-Fi hardware module 1—business server.
另一种可能的场景可以是,4G手机使用的是Wi-Fi网络,5G手机壳使用的是Wi-Fi网络,则4G手机可以协同自身连接的Wi-Fi网络和5G手机壳的连接的Wi-Fi网络,与业务服务器进行数据交互。此时,APP2与业务服务器建立的socket1连接可以是APP2—Wi-Fi网卡1—Wi-Fi硬件模块1—业务服务器之间的数据通道。APP2与业务服务器建立的socket2连接可以是APP2—USB网卡1—USB网卡2—网络代理服务—Wi-Fi网卡2—Wi-Fi硬件模块2—业务服务器之间的数据通道。Another possible scenario can be that the 4G mobile phone uses a Wi-Fi network, and the 5G mobile phone case uses a Wi-Fi network, then the 4G mobile phone can cooperate with the Wi-Fi network connected to itself and the Wi-Fi network connected to the 5G mobile phone case. -Fi network for data interaction with business servers. At this time, the socket1 connection established between APP2 and the business server may be a data channel between APP2—Wi-Fi network card 1—Wi-Fi hardware module 1—business server. The socket2 connection established between APP2 and the business server may be a data channel between APP2—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—network proxy service—Wi-Fi network card 2—Wi-Fi hardware module 2—business server.
示例性的,用户点击图4a(2)中的WLAN管理选项405,4G手机响应于用户的操作行为,展示手机壳WLAN管理界面;然后用户在手机壳WLAN管理界面中的操作,控制5G手机壳连接到Wi-Fi网络。此时,则可以无需激活5G手机壳中的SIM2卡。Exemplarily, the user clicks the WLAN management option 405 in Figure 4a(2), and the 4G mobile phone displays the WLAN management interface of the mobile phone case in response to the user's operation behavior; then the user operates in the WLAN management interface of the mobile phone case to control the 5G mobile phone case Connect to a Wi-Fi network. At this time, there is no need to activate the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case.
又一种可能的场景可以是,4G使用的是蜂窝网络,而5G手机壳使用的是Wi-Fi网络,则4G手机可以协同自身的蜂窝网络和5G手机壳的连接的Wi-Fi网络,与业务服务器进行数据交互。此时,APP2与业务服务器建立的socket1连接可以是APP2—蜂窝网卡1—Modem1—业务服务器之间的数据通道。APP2与业务服务器建立的socket2连接可以是APP2—USB网卡1—USB网卡2—网络代理服务——Wi-Fi网卡2—Wi-Fi硬件模块2—业务服务器之间的数据通道。此时,也可以无需激活5G手机壳中的SIM2卡。Another possible scenario may be that 4G uses a cellular network, while the 5G mobile phone case uses a Wi-Fi network, then the 4G mobile phone can cooperate with its own cellular network and the Wi-Fi network connected to the 5G mobile phone case to communicate with the 5G mobile phone case. The business server performs data interaction. At this time, the socket1 connection established between APP2 and the service server may be a data channel between APP2-cellular network card 1-Modem1-service server. The socket2 connection established between APP2 and the service server may be a data channel between APP2—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—network agent service—Wi-Fi network card 2—Wi-Fi hardware module 2—business server. At this time, there is no need to activate the SIM2 card in the 5G mobile phone case.
示例性的,在4G手机仅能使用Wi-Fi网络(如在4G手机没有SIM卡,或者SIM卡没有话费、或者SIM卡不在服务区内等情况下),且5G手机壳使用蜂窝网络的场景下,当需要使用4G手机中签权类的应用程序(如金融APP(如银行业务应用))时,由于鉴权类APP在发送签权数据时,需要将源IP地址与鉴权数据一起打包发送给业务服务器。业务服务器除了需要对数据包中的签权数据进行鉴权外,还需要对数据包中的源IP地址进行签权,判断数据包中的源IP地址是否是蜂窝网络的IP地址。若确定数据包中的源IP地址不是蜂窝网络的IP地址,则不会通过对源IP地址的鉴权,此时,用户则无法使用鉴权类的应用程序。而当4G手机使用Wi-Fi网络时,4G手机通过socket1连接发送的鉴权数据时,是将Wi-Fi网卡的IP地址作为源IP地址与签权数据一起打包的。以及4G手机通过socket2连接发送的鉴权数据时,是将Wi-Fi网卡或蓝牙网卡或P2P网卡或USB网卡的IP地址作为源地址,与签权数据一起打包的。而Wi-Fi网卡或蓝牙网卡或P2P网卡或USB网卡的IP地址都不是蜂窝网络的地址,因此业务服务器不会通过对源IP地址的签权。基于此,本申请实施例在5G手机壳的蜂窝网卡2建立后,在4G手机中构建一与5G手机壳中蜂窝网卡2对应的虚拟蜂窝网卡。后续,签权类APP在使用过程中,可以通过虚拟蜂窝网卡建立与业务服务器之间的TCP/IP连接,然后可以将虚拟蜂窝网卡的IP地址作为源IP地址,与签权数据一起打包,通过该TCP/IP连接发送给业务服务器。这样,业务服务器可以鉴别出数据包中的源IP地址是蜂窝网络的地址,从而通过对源IP地址的鉴权。Exemplary, when the 4G mobile phone can only use the Wi-Fi network (such as when the 4G mobile phone does not have a SIM card, or the SIM card has no call charges, or the SIM card is not in the service area, etc.), and the 5G mobile phone case uses the cellular network scenario Next, when it is necessary to use the application program of the signature type in the 4G mobile phone (such as the financial APP (such as the banking business application)), because the authentication type APP needs to send the source IP address and the authentication data together when sending the signature data to the business server. In addition to authenticating the signing data in the data packet, the business server also needs to sign the source IP address in the data packet to determine whether the source IP address in the data packet is the IP address of the cellular network. If it is determined that the source IP address in the data packet is not the IP address of the cellular network, the authentication of the source IP address will not pass, and at this time, the user cannot use the authentication-type application program. And when the 4G mobile phone uses the Wi-Fi network, when the authentication data sent by the 4G mobile phone through the socket1 connection, the IP address of the Wi-Fi network card is used as the source IP address and packaged together with the signing data. And when the authentication data sent by the 4G mobile phone through the socket2 connection, the IP address of the Wi-Fi network card, the Bluetooth network card, the P2P network card or the USB network card is used as the source address, and the authentication data is packaged together. The IP address of the Wi-Fi network card, the Bluetooth network card, the P2P network card, or the USB network card is not the address of the cellular network, so the service server will not pass the signature on the source IP address. Based on this, in the embodiment of the present application, after the cellular network card 2 of the 5G mobile phone case is established, a virtual cellular network card corresponding to the cellular network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case is constructed in the 4G mobile phone. Subsequently, during the use of the signing APP, a TCP/IP connection with the business server can be established through the virtual cellular network card, and then the IP address of the virtual cellular network card can be used as the source IP address, and the signing data can be packaged together, through The TCP/IP connection is sent to the service server. In this way, the service server can identify that the source IP address in the data packet is the address of the cellular network, thereby passing the authentication on the source IP address.
图9a为示例性示出的通信连接示意图。Fig. 9a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
参照图9a,示例性的,待5G手机壳中的SIM2激活后,5G手机壳可以在5G手机中创建与Modem2适配的蜂窝网卡2,且5G手机壳可以向4G手机发送提示信息,该提示信息用于提示5G手机壳中的SIM2已激活。4G手机可以响应于该提示信息,在4G手机中构建一虚拟蜂窝网卡,并根据蜂窝网卡2的IP地址,为虚拟蜂窝网卡2虚拟一IP地址。示例性的,业务服务器在对源IP地址进行鉴权的过程中,仅对源IP地址的前三段地址进行验证,进而可以通过对蜂窝网卡2的IP地址的最后一段进行偏移,得到虚拟蜂窝网卡的地址。例如,蜂窝网卡2的IP地址为100.100.100.5,则虚拟蜂窝网卡的地址可以是100.100.100.8。需要说明的是,由于5G手机壳是通过蜂窝网络上网的,因此数据从终端至服务器之间依然是通过蜂窝数据通路传输的,不会造成数据安全问题。Referring to Figure 9a, for example, after the SIM2 in the 5G mobile phone case is activated, the 5G mobile phone case can create a cellular network card 2 compatible with Modem2 in the 5G mobile phone, and the 5G mobile phone case can send a prompt message to the 4G mobile phone. The information is used to prompt that the SIM2 in the 5G mobile phone case has been activated. The 4G mobile phone can respond to the prompt information, construct a virtual cellular network card in the 4G mobile phone, and virtualize an IP address for the virtual cellular network card 2 according to the IP address of the cellular network card 2 . Exemplarily, in the process of authenticating the source IP address, the service server only verifies the first three segments of the source IP address, and then can offset the last segment of the IP address of the cellular network card 2 to obtain the virtual The address of the cellular network card. For example, the IP address of the cellular network card 2 is 100.100.100.5, and the address of the virtual cellular network card may be 100.100.100.8. It should be noted that since the 5G mobile phone case is connected to the Internet through the cellular network, the data from the terminal to the server is still transmitted through the cellular data path, which will not cause data security problems.
图9b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图。Fig. 9b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
参照图9b(1),示例性的,APP2可以通过4G手机中的Wi-Fi网卡1和Wi-Fi硬件模块1,建立与业务服务器之间socket1连接。参照图9b(2),示例性的,socket1连接是APP2—Wi-Fi网卡1—Wi-Fi硬件模块1—业务服务器之间的数据通路,可见,socket1连接实质上是APP2和业务服务器之间的一条TCP/IP连接。Referring to FIG. 9b(1), for example, APP2 can establish a socket1 connection with the service server through the Wi-Fi network card 1 and the Wi-Fi hardware module 1 in the 4G mobile phone. Referring to Fig. 9b(2), exemplary, the socket1 connection is the data path between APP2—Wi-Fi network card 1—Wi-Fi hardware module 1—the business server. It can be seen that the socket1 connection is essentially between APP2 and the business server A TCP/IP connection.
示例性的,socket1连接的源IP地址为Wi-Fi网卡1的IP地址,目的IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址。例如,Wi-Fi网卡1的IP地址为r.s.t.u,业务服务器的IP地址为E.F.G.H,则socket1连接的源IP地址为r.s.t.u,目的IP地址为E.F.G.H。Exemplarily, the source IP address of the socket1 connection is the IP address of the Wi-Fi network card 1, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server. For example, if the IP address of Wi-Fi network card 1 is r.s.t.u, and the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H, then the source IP address of the socket1 connection is r.s.t.u, and the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
参照图9b(1),示例性的,APP2可以通过4G手机中的虚拟蜂窝网卡、USB网卡1、5G手机壳中的USB网卡2、5G手机壳中的网络代理服务、5G手机壳中的蜂窝网卡2和 5G手机壳中的Modem2,建立与业务服务器之间的socket2连接。参照图9b(3),示例性的,socket2连接可以包括socket2a连接和socket2b连接。其中,socket2a连接是由APP2创建的,是APP2—虚拟蜂窝网卡—USB网卡1—USB网卡2—网络代理服务之间的数据通路。socket2b连接是基于socket2a连接触发创建的,是网络代理服务—蜂窝网卡2—Modem2—业务服务器之间的数据通路。可见,socket2a连接和socket2b连接,组成APP2和业务服务器之间的另一条TCP/IP连接。Referring to Figure 9b(1), for example, APP2 can use the virtual cellular network card in the 4G mobile phone, the USB network card 1, the USB network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case, the network proxy service in the 5G mobile phone case, the cellular network card in the 5G mobile phone case Network card 2 and Modem 2 in the 5G mobile phone case establish a socket 2 connection with the business server. Referring to FIG. 9b(3), for example, the socket2 connection may include a socket2a connection and a socket2b connection. Among them, the socket2a connection is created by APP2, which is a data path between APP2—virtual cellular network card—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—network proxy service. The socket2b connection is created based on the socket2a connection trigger, and is the data path between the network proxy service-cellular network card 2-Modem2-business server. It can be seen that the socket2a connection and socket2b connection form another TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the business server.
示例性的,socket2a连接的源IP地址为虚拟蜂窝网卡的IP地址,目的IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址。例如,虚拟蜂窝网卡的IP地址为A.B.C.E,业务服务器的IP地址为E.F.G.H,则socket2a连接的源IP地址为A.B.C.E,目的IP地址为E.F.G.H。Exemplarily, the source IP address of the socket2a connection is the IP address of the virtual cellular network card, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server. For example, if the IP address of the virtual cellular network card is A.B.C.E, and the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H, then the source IP address of the socket2a connection is A.B.C.E, and the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
示例性的,socket2b连接的源IP地址为蜂窝网卡2的IP地址,目的IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址。例如,蜂窝网卡2的IP地址为A.B.C.D,业务服务器的IP地址为E.F.G.H,则socket2b连接的源IP地址A.B.C.D,目的IP地址为E.F.G.H。Exemplarily, the source IP address of the socket2b connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 2, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server. For example, the IP address of the cellular network card 2 is A.B.C.D, and the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H, then the source IP address of the socket2b connection is A.B.C.D, and the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
示例性的,APP2可以通过与业务服务器进行三次握手,来建立与业务服务器之间的socket连接。其中,APP2建立与业务服务器之间的socket1连接的过程,具体可以参照现有协议中的规定,在此不再赘述。以下对APP2建立与业务服务器之间的socket2连接的过程进行示例性说明。Exemplarily, APP2 may establish a socket connection with the service server by performing a three-way handshake with the service server. Wherein, the process of establishing the socket1 connection between APP2 and the service server can refer to the provisions in the existing protocol for details, and will not be repeated here. The process of establishing the socket2 connection between APP2 and the service server is described as an example below.
图9c为示例性示出的数据传输示意图。Fig. 9c is a schematic diagram of data transmission exemplarily shown.
示例性的,APP2先向业务服务器发送SYN(synchronize,同步)包,与业务服务器进行第一次握手。参照图9c,示例性的,APP2发送的源数据为SYN包。示例性的,APP2发出SYN包后,SYN包被添加TCP头和IP头,并被传入虚拟蜂窝网卡。其中,为了便于后续说明,可以将添加了IP头和TCP头的SYN包称为数据A1,以及将为SYN包添加的IP头称为IP头(1),将为SYN包括添加的TCP头称为TCP头(1)。Exemplarily, APP2 first sends a SYN (synchronize, synchronization) packet to the service server, and performs a first handshake with the service server. Referring to FIG. 9c, for example, the source data sent by APP2 is a SYN packet. Exemplarily, after APP2 sends a SYN packet, the SYN packet is added with a TCP header and an IP header, and is transmitted to the virtual cellular network card. Wherein, for the convenience of subsequent description, the SYN packet with the IP header and the TCP header added can be called data A1, and the IP header added to the SYN packet can be called IP header (1), and the added TCP header will be called “A1” for SYN. is the TCP header (1).
示例性的,TCP头(1)中可以包括源端口和目的端口,源端口为4G手机中与socket2a连接绑定的端口如PROT1,目的端口为业务服务器中与socket2连接绑定的端口如PROT16。IP头(1)包括源IP地址和目的IP地址,源IP地址为虚拟蜂窝网卡的IP地址如A.B.C.E,目的IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址如E.F.G.H。Exemplarily, the TCP header (1) may include a source port and a destination port, the source port is the port bound to the socket2a connection in the 4G mobile phone, such as PROT1, and the destination port is the port bound to the socket2 connection in the service server, such as PROT16. The IP header (1) includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the source IP address is the IP address of the virtual cellular network card such as A.B.C.E, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server such as E.F.G.H.
示例性的,虚拟蜂窝网卡可以不对数据A1进行处理,直接将数据A1转发至USB网卡1。Exemplarily, the virtual cellular network card may directly forward the data A1 to the USB network card 1 without processing the data A1.
示例性的,4G手机与5G手机壳之间,通过USB数据线采用TCP/IP协议或UDP/IP(User Datagram ProtocolInternet Protocol,用户数据报协议/网际协议)协议进行通信。也就是说,的USB连接可以是TCP/IP连接,也可以是UDP/IP连接,本申请实施例对此不作限制。本申请实施例以4G手机与5G手机壳之间的USB连接为TCP/IP连接为例进行示例性说明。Exemplarily, between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case, the TCP/IP protocol or UDP/IP (User Datagram Protocol Internet Protocol, User Datagram Protocol/Internet Protocol) protocol is used for communication through the USB data cable. That is to say, the USB connection may be a TCP/IP connection or a UDP/IP connection, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the USB connection between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case is an example of a TCP/IP connection for illustration.
继续参照图9c,USB网卡1接收到数据A1后,可以按照USB网卡1与USB网卡2之间的TCP/IP协议,为数据A1封装上对应的TCP头(2)和IP头(2),得到数据A2。Continuing to refer to FIG. 9c, after the USB network card 1 receives the data A1, it can encapsulate the corresponding TCP header (2) and IP header (2) for the data A1 according to the TCP/IP protocol between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2, Get data A2.
示例性的,TCP头(2)中也可以包括源端口和目的端口,源端口为USB网卡1中用于与USB网卡2通信的端口,目的端口为USB网卡2中用于与USB网卡1通信的端口。IP头(2)中也包括源IP地址和目的IP地址,源IP地址为USB网卡1的IP地址, 目的IP地址为USB网卡2的IP地址。Exemplarily, the TCP header (2) may also include a source port and a destination port, the source port is the port used for communicating with the USB network card 2 in the USB network card 1, and the destination port is used for communicating with the USB network card 1 in the USB network card 2 port. The IP header (2) also includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the source IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 1, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 2.
示例性的,USB网卡1封装得到数据A2后,可以基于USB网卡1与USB网卡2之间的连接,将数据A2发送到USB网卡2。Exemplarily, after the USB network card 1 encapsulates and obtains the data A2, the data A2 may be sent to the USB network card 2 based on the connection between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 .
示例性的,USB网卡2可以接收到数据A2,然后可以对数据A2进行解封装,去掉数据A2的IP头(2)和TCP头(2),得到数据A3。其中,数据A3实质上是数据A1。Exemplarily, the USB network card 2 can receive the data A2, and then can decapsulate the data A2, remove the IP header (2) and the TCP header (2) of the data A2, and obtain the data A3. Among them, data A3 is substantially data A1.
示例性的,USB网卡2可以将数据A3发送至网络代理服务。网络代理服务接收到数据A3后,可以对数据A3进行NAT转换,得到数据A4。其中,对数据A3进行NAT转换,实质上是将数据A3中IP头(1)中源IP地址由虚拟蜂窝网卡的IP地址,转换为蜂窝网卡2的IP地址,以及将TCP头(1)中源端口由4G手机中与socket2a连接绑定的端口,转换为5G手机壳中与socket2b绑定的端口。示例性的,5G手机壳中与socket2b连接绑定的端口可以是5G手机壳中未被占用的端口。进而,得到的数据A4的IP头(1)中的源地址为A.B.C.D,TCP头(1)中的源端口为PROT0。Exemplarily, the USB network card 2 can send the data A3 to the network proxy service. After the network proxy service receives the data A3, it can perform NAT conversion on the data A3 to obtain the data A4. Among them, performing NAT conversion on data A3 is to convert the source IP address in the IP header (1) in data A3 from the IP address of the virtual cellular network card to the IP address of cellular network card 2, and convert the source IP address in the TCP header (1) to the IP address of the cellular network card 2. The source port is converted from the port bound to socket2a connection in the 4G mobile phone to the port bound to socket2b in the 5G mobile phone case. Exemplarily, the port bound to the socket2b connection in the 5G mobile phone case may be an unoccupied port in the 5G mobile phone case. Furthermore, the source address in the IP header (1) of the obtained data A4 is A.B.C.D, and the source port in the TCP header (1) is PROT0.
示例性的,网络代理服务在进行NAT转换后,可以记录网络转换关系,如:A.B.C.E/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0。Exemplarily, after performing NAT translation, the network proxy service may record the network translation relationship, such as: A.B.C.E/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0.
示例性的,网络代理服务器得到数据A4后,可以将数据A4发送给蜂窝网卡2,由蜂窝网卡2对数据A4进行封装,再将封装后的数据A4传入Modem2,由Modem2对封装后的数据A4进行相应的处理后,发送至业务服务器。进而业务服务器可以接收到APP2发送的SYN包,实现APP2和业务服务器的第一次握手。Exemplarily, after the network proxy server obtains the data A4, it can send the data A4 to the cellular network card 2, and the cellular network card 2 encapsulates the data A4, and then transmits the encapsulated data A4 to Modem2, and the encapsulated data A4 is transmitted to Modem2 by the Modem2. After corresponding processing is performed by A4, it is sent to the service server. Furthermore, the business server can receive the SYN packet sent by APP2, and realize the first handshake between APP2 and the business server.
图9d为示例性示出的数据传输示意图。Fig. 9d is a schematic diagram of data transmission exemplarily shown.
示例性的,业务服务器接收到APP2的SYN包后,可以向APP2返回ACK(ACKnowledge,确认)包。示例性的,5G手机壳的Modem2可以接收到业务服务器返回的ACK包,然后可以将ACK包传输给蜂窝网卡2,蜂窝网卡2对Modem2发送的数据进行相应的处理后,可以得到数据B1,如图9b所示。参照图9b,示例性的,数据B1中的源数据为ACK包。其中,数据B1中IP头(1)包括源IP地址和目的IP地址,目的IP地址为蜂窝网卡2的IP地址如A.B.C.D,源IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址如E.F.G.H。TCP头(1)中可以包括源端口和目的端口,目的端口为5G手机壳中与socket2b连接绑定的端口如PROT0,源端口为业务服务器中与socket2连接绑定的端口如PROT16。Exemplarily, after receiving the SYN packet of APP2, the service server may return an ACK (ACKnowledge, confirmation) packet to APP2. Exemplarily, Modem2 of the 5G mobile phone case can receive the ACK packet returned by the service server, and then transmit the ACK packet to the cellular network card 2, and the cellular network card 2 can obtain data B1 after corresponding processing on the data sent by Modem2, as shown in Figure 9b shows. Referring to FIG. 9b, for example, the source data in the data B1 is an ACK packet. Wherein, the IP header (1) in the data B1 includes the source IP address and the destination IP address, the destination IP address is the IP address of the cellular network card 2 such as A.B.C.D, and the source IP address is the IP address of the service server such as E.F.G.H. The TCP header (1) may include a source port and a destination port. The destination port is the port bound to the socket2b connection in the 5G mobile phone case, such as PROT0, and the source port is the port bound to the socket2 connection in the business server, such as PROT16.
示例性的,蜂窝网卡2可以将数据B1发送给网络代理服务。然后网络代理服务根据记录的网络转换关系,如:A.B.C.E/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0,对数据B1进行NAT转换,得到数据B2。示例性的,网络代理服务对数据B1进行NAT转换,实质上是将数据B1中IP头(1)的目的地址,由A.B.C.D转换为A.B.C.E,以及将TCP头(1)中目的端口由PROT0转换为PROT1。Exemplarily, the cellular network card 2 can send the data B1 to the network proxy service. Then the network proxy service performs NAT conversion on data B1 according to the recorded network conversion relationship, such as: A.B.C.E/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0, to obtain data B2. Exemplarily, the network proxy service performs NAT conversion on the data B1, essentially converting the destination address of the IP header (1) in the data B1 from A.B.C.D to A.B.C.E, and converting the destination port in the TCP header (1) from PROT0 to PROT1.
示例性的,网络代理服务可以将数据B2发送至USB网卡2。USB网卡2接收到数据B2后,可以按照USB网卡1与USB网卡2之间的TCP/IP协议,为数据B2封装上对应的TCP头(2)和IP头(2),得到数据B3。Exemplarily, the network proxy service may send the data B2 to the USB network card 2 . After the USB network card 2 receives the data B2, it can encapsulate the corresponding TCP header (2) and IP header (2) on the data B2 according to the TCP/IP protocol between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 to obtain the data B3.
示例性的,TCP头(2)中也可以包括源端口和目的端口,目的端口为USB网卡1中用于与USB网卡2通信的端口,源端口为USB网卡2中用于与USB网卡1通信的端口。IP头(2)中也包括源IP地址和目的IP地址,目的IP地址为USB网卡1的IP地址, 源IP地址为USB网卡2的IP地址。Exemplarily, the TCP header (2) may also include a source port and a destination port, the destination port is the port used for communicating with the USB network card 2 in the USB network card 1, and the source port is used for communicating with the USB network card 1 in the USB network card 2 port. The IP header (2) also includes a source IP address and a destination IP address, the destination IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 1, and the source IP address is the IP address of the USB network card 2.
示例性的,USB网卡2封装得到数据B3后,可以基于USB网卡1与USB网卡2之间的连接,将数据发送到USB网卡1上。Exemplarily, after the USB network card 2 encapsulates and obtains the data B3, the data may be sent to the USB network card 1 based on the connection between the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 .
示例性的,USB网卡1可以接收到数据B3,然后可以对数据B3进行解封装,去掉数据B3的IP头(2)和TCP头(2),得到数据B4。其中,数据B4实质上是数据B2。Exemplarily, the USB network card 1 can receive the data B3, and then can decapsulate the data B3, remove the IP header (2) and the TCP header (2) of the data B3, and obtain the data B4. Among them, data B4 is substantially data B2.
示例性的,USB网卡1可以根据数据B4中TCP(1)的目的端口,将数据B4发送给虚拟蜂窝网卡。Exemplarily, the USB network card 1 can send the data B4 to the virtual cellular network card according to the destination port of TCP(1) in the data B4.
示例性的,虚拟蜂窝网卡接收到数据B4后,可以不对数据B4进行处理,将数据B4转发至APP2。示例性的,数据B4在达到APP2之前,被去掉了IP头(1)和TCP头(1),因此APP2接收的数据即为ACK包,这样,可以完成第二次握手。Exemplarily, after receiving the data B4, the virtual cellular network card may forward the data B4 to APP2 without processing the data B4. Exemplarily, before the data B4 reaches APP2, the IP header (1) and the TCP header (1) are removed, so the data received by APP2 is an ACK packet, so that the second handshake can be completed.
示例性的,APP2可以再次发送SYN包与业务服务器进行第三次握手,可以参照上述第一次握手的过程的描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, APP2 may send a SYN packet again to perform a third handshake with the service server, and reference may be made to the description of the above-mentioned first handshake process, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的,APP2与业务服务器进行三次握手之后,即可以建立socket2连接。Exemplarily, after APP2 and the service server perform three-way handshake, the socket2 connection can be established.
示例性的,APP2可以与业务服务器通过socket1连接和socket2连接,并行进行数据交互。Exemplarily, APP2 can connect with the service server through socket1 and socket2, and perform data interaction in parallel.
例如,APP2为金融应用,APP2建立的socket2连接为:APP2—虚拟蜂窝网卡—USB网卡1—USB网卡2—网络代理服务—蜂窝网卡2—Modem2—业务服务器,之间的数据通道。用户打开金融应用并输入账号和密码后,APP2可以将用户输入的账号和密码作为鉴权数据,然后将鉴权数据和虚拟蜂窝网卡的IP地址打包,通过4G手机中虚拟蜂窝网卡→USB网卡1→USB网卡2→网络代理服务→蜂窝网卡2→Modem2,向业务服务器发送。业务服务器接收到该数据包后,可以鉴别出数据包中的源IP地址为蜂窝网络的地址,这时,业务服务器对数据包的源地址的签权通过,然后可以对鉴权数据进行鉴权。For example, APP2 is a financial application, and the socket2 connection established by APP2 is a data channel between APP2—virtual cellular network card—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—network proxy service—cellular network card 2—Modem2—business server. After the user opens the financial application and enters the account number and password, APP2 can use the account number and password entered by the user as authentication data, and then package the authentication data and the IP address of the virtual cellular network card, and pass the virtual cellular network card in the 4G mobile phone → USB network card 1 →USB network card 2→network proxy service→cellular network card 2→Modem2, send to the service server. After the service server receives the data packet, it can identify that the source IP address in the data packet is the address of the cellular network. At this time, the service server passes the signing of the source address of the data packet, and then can authenticate the authentication data .
应当理解的是,若4G手机使用蜂窝网络,也可以在5G手机壳建立蜂窝网卡2时,在4G手机中建立虚拟蜂窝网卡,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that, if the 4G mobile phone uses the cellular network, a virtual cellular network card can also be established in the 4G mobile phone when the cellular network card 2 is established in the 5G mobile phone case, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,在4G手机同时使用socket1连接和socket2连接,并行与业务服务器进行数据交互过程中,可以实时的对socket2连接的实际吞吐率进行监测。当监测到socket2连接的实际吞吐率小于预设吞吐阈值时,可以关闭socket2连接,仅使用socket1连接与业务数据进行数据交互,以降低功耗。其中,预设吞吐阈值可以按照需求设置,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be noted that the actual throughput rate of the socket2 connection can be monitored in real time while the 4G mobile phone uses the socket1 connection and the socket2 connection at the same time to perform data interaction with the business server in parallel. When it is detected that the actual throughput rate of the socket2 connection is less than the preset throughput threshold, the socket2 connection can be closed, and only the socket1 connection is used for data interaction with business data to reduce power consumption. Wherein, the preset throughput threshold may be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,对于非多流并发的应用程序(如导航应用、浏览器应用、购物应用等),可以在确定scoket1连接的实际吞吐率小于预设吞吐阈值,或者时延大于预设时延阈值时,可以关闭socket1连接,建立socket2连接,通过socket2连接,与业务服务器进行数据交互。示例性的,在4G手机通过socket2连接与业务服务器进行数据交互过程中,可以实时的对socket2连接的实际吞吐率进行监测。当监测到socket2连接的实际吞吐率小于预设吞吐阈值时,可以关闭socket2连接,再次建立socket1连接,使用socket1连接与业务数据进行数据交互,以降低功耗。其中,预设时延阈值可以按照需求设置,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Exemplarily, for non-multi-stream concurrent applications (such as navigation applications, browser applications, shopping applications, etc.), it may be determined that the actual throughput rate of the scoket1 connection is less than the preset throughput threshold, or the delay is greater than the preset delay threshold , you can close the socket1 connection, establish a socket2 connection, and exchange data with the business server through the socket2 connection. Exemplarily, during the process of data interaction between the 4G mobile phone and the service server through the socket2 connection, the actual throughput rate of the socket2 connection can be monitored in real time. When it is detected that the actual throughput rate of the socket2 connection is less than the preset throughput threshold, the socket2 connection can be closed, the socket1 connection can be established again, and the socket1 connection can be used for data interaction with business data to reduce power consumption. Wherein, the preset delay threshold may be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
一种可能的方式中,当5G手机壳中的Modem1与4G手机中的Modem2是同一厂商生产的,在5G手机壳中的SIM2激活后,可以在4G手机中创建Modem2对应的蜂窝网卡2,也就是说在远端创建蜂窝网卡,而5G手机壳本地不创建蜂窝网卡。In one possible way, when Modem1 in the 5G mobile phone case and Modem2 in the 4G mobile phone are produced by the same manufacturer, after SIM2 in the 5G mobile phone case is activated, the cellular network card 2 corresponding to Modem2 can be created in the 4G mobile phone, and also That is to say, the cellular network card is created at the remote end, but the 5G mobile phone case does not create a cellular network card locally.
示例性的,可以在4G手机中的本地框架层,创建Modem2对应的蜂窝网卡2。Exemplarily, the cellular network card 2 corresponding to the Modem 2 can be created at the local framework layer in the 4G mobile phone.
图10a为示例性示出的通信连接示意图。Fig. 10a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
参照图10a,示例性的,5G手机壳和4G手机建立的连接是USB连接。4G手机通过USB连接向5G手机壳发送激活指示后,5G手机壳可以响应于该激活指示,激活SIM2卡,此时5G手机壳可以使用SIM2卡连接到网络。示例性的,5G手机壳成功激活SIM2卡后,可以生成网卡创建指示,并通过与4G手机之间的USB连接,将网卡创建指示发送至4G手机。其中,网络创建指示包括5G手机壳所连接的基站分配的IP地址。Referring to Fig. 10a, for example, the connection established between the 5G mobile phone case and the 4G mobile phone is a USB connection. After the 4G mobile phone sends an activation instruction to the 5G mobile phone case through the USB connection, the 5G mobile phone case can respond to the activation instruction and activate the SIM2 card. At this time, the 5G mobile phone case can use the SIM2 card to connect to the network. Exemplarily, after successfully activating the SIM2 card, the 5G mobile phone case can generate a network card creation instruction, and send the network card creation instruction to the 4G mobile phone through a USB connection with the 4G mobile phone. Among them, the network creation instruction includes the IP address assigned by the base station to which the 5G mobile phone case is connected.
示例性的,4G手机接收到网卡创建指示后,可以响应于该网卡创建指示,在本机内创建蜂窝网卡2,并将蜂窝网卡2的IP地址,设置为网络创建指示中所包括的5G手机壳所连接的基站分配的IP地址。Exemplarily, after the 4G mobile phone receives the network card creation instruction, it can respond to the network card creation instruction, create a cellular network card 2 in the machine, and set the IP address of the cellular network card 2 as the 5G mobile phone included in the network creation instruction The IP address assigned by the base station to which the shell is connected.
图10b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图。Fig. 10b is a schematic diagram of a communication connection exemplarily shown.
参照图10b(1),示例性的,APP2可以通过4G手机中的蜂窝网卡1和Modem1,建立与业务服务器之间socket1连接。参照图10b(2),示例性的,socket1连接是APP2—蜂窝网卡1—Modem1—业务服务器之间的数据通路,可见,socket1连接实质上是APP2和业务服务器之间的一条TCP/IP连接。Referring to FIG. 10b(1), for example, APP2 can establish a socket1 connection with the service server through the cellular network card 1 and Modem1 in the 4G mobile phone. Referring to Fig. 10b(2), exemplary, the socket1 connection is a data path between APP2-cellular network card 1-Modem1-service server. It can be seen that the socket1 connection is essentially a TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the service server.
示例性的,socket1连接的源IP地址为蜂窝网卡1的IP地址,目的IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址。例如,蜂窝网卡1的IP地址为a.b.c.d,业务服务器的IP地址为E.F.G.H,则socket1连接的源IP地址为a.b.c.d,目的IP地址为E.F.G.H。Exemplarily, the source IP address of the socket1 connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 1, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server. For example, the IP address of the cellular network card 1 is a.b.c.d, and the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H, then the source IP address of the socket1 connection is a.b.c.d, and the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
参照图10b(1),示例性的,APP2可以通过4G手机中的蜂窝网卡2、USB网卡1、5G手机壳中的USB网卡2和5G手机壳中的Modem2,建立与业务服务器之间的socket2连接。参照图9b(3),示例性的,socket2连接可以是APP2—蜂窝网卡2—USB网卡1—USB网卡2—Modem2—业务服务器之间的数据通路。可见,socket2连接实质上是APP2和业务服务器之间的另一条TCP/IP连接。Referring to Figure 10b(1), for example, APP2 can establish socket2 with the service server through cellular network card 2, USB network card 1 in the 4G mobile phone, USB network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone case, and Modem2 in the 5G mobile phone case. connect. Referring to FIG. 9b(3), for example, the socket2 connection may be a data path between APP2—cellular network card 2—USB network card 1—USB network card 2—Modem2—service server. It can be seen that the socket2 connection is essentially another TCP/IP connection between APP2 and the business server.
示例性的,socket2连接的源IP地址为蜂窝网卡2的IP地址,目的IP地址为业务服务器的IP地址。例如,蜂窝网卡2的IP地址为A.B.C.D,业务服务器的IP地址为E.F.G.H,则socket2连接的源IP地址为A.B.C.D,目的IP地址为E.F.G.H。Exemplarily, the source IP address of the socket2 connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 2, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the service server. For example, the IP address of the cellular network card 2 is A.B.C.D, and the IP address of the service server is E.F.G.H, then the source IP address of the socket2 connection is A.B.C.D, and the destination IP address is E.F.G.H.
示例性的,参照图9c和10b,蜂窝网卡2接收到数据A1后,可以对数据A1进行封装,将数据A1封装成Modem2可识别的数据,如数据A1’,然后再将数据A1’发送给USB网卡1。然后USB网卡1和USB网卡2的处理过程,可以参照上文针对图9c的描述,在此不再赘述。示例性的,假设USB网卡2进行解封装后得到数据A3’,此时,可以由数据搬运模块将数据A3’搬运到Modem2中,无需网络代理服务对数据A3’进行NAT转换。同样的,Modem2接收到数据后,可以由数据搬运模块将数据搬运到USB网卡2中,无需对该数据源进行NAT转换。Exemplarily, referring to Figures 9c and 10b, after the cellular network card 2 receives the data A1, it can encapsulate the data A1, encapsulate the data A1 into data recognizable by Modem2, such as data A1', and then send the data A1' to USB network card1. Then, the processing procedures of the USB network card 1 and the USB network card 2 can refer to the above description for FIG. 9 c , and will not be repeated here. Exemplarily, assume that the USB network card 2 obtains the data A3' after decapsulating. At this time, the data A3' can be transferred to the Modem2 by the data transfer module, and the network proxy service is not required to perform NAT conversion on the data A3'. Similarly, after Modem 2 receives the data, the data transfer module can transfer the data to the USB network card 2 without performing NAT conversion on the data source.
一种可能的场景(如人群密集场景或者大话务量场景)中,手机A的通信能力无法满足用户需求时,手机A可以与手机B建立连接,这样手机A可以协同自身的蜂窝能力(或者无线通信能力)和手机B的蜂窝能力(或者无线通信能力),与业务服务器进行数据交互,从而能够增加带宽,降低数据传输时延。In a possible scenario (such as a crowded scene or a heavy traffic scene), when the communication capability of mobile phone A cannot meet the needs of users, mobile phone A can establish a connection with mobile phone B, so that mobile phone A can cooperate with its own cellular capabilities (or wireless communication capability) and the cellular capability (or wireless communication capability) of mobile phone B to interact with the service server for data, thereby increasing bandwidth and reducing data transmission delay.
示例性的,手机A和手机B均为4G手机,或者,手机A和手机B均为5G手机,或者手机A和手机B均为6G手机,等等。示例性的,手机A为4G手机,手机B为5G手机,或者,手机A为5G手机,手机B为6G手机,等等。应当理解的是,本申请实施例不限制手机A和手机B所使用的无线通信技术。Exemplarily, mobile phone A and mobile phone B are both 4G mobile phones, or mobile phone A and mobile phone B are both 5G mobile phones, or mobile phone A and mobile phone B are both 6G mobile phones, and so on. Exemplarily, mobile phone A is a 4G mobile phone, mobile phone B is a 5G mobile phone, or mobile phone A is a 5G mobile phone, mobile phone B is a 6G mobile phone, and so on. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the wireless communication technology used by mobile phone A and mobile phone B.
示例性的,手机A的SIM卡的运营商为第一运营商,手机B的SIM卡的运营商为第二运营商。其中,第一运营商可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Exemplarily, the operator of the SIM card of mobile phone A is the first operator, and the operator of the SIM card of mobile phone B is the second operator. Wherein, the first operators may be the same or different, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
图11为示例性示出的连接示意图。Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of connections shown by way of example.
参照图11,示例性的,手机A可以与手机B建立Wi-Fi连接。应当理解的是,手机A和手机B还可以建立Wi-Fi P2P连接、蓝牙连接和USB连接中的一种,本申请实施例不限制手机A和手机B连接的方式。Referring to FIG. 11 , for example, mobile phone A can establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B. It should be understood that mobile phone A and mobile phone B can also establish one of Wi-Fi P2P connection, Bluetooth connection and USB connection, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the connection method between mobile phone A and mobile phone B.
图12a为示例性示出的界面示意图。Fig. 12a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interface.
参照图12a(1),示例性的,1201是手机A的主界面,手机A的主界面1201包括一个或多个控件,包括但不限于:应用图标(例如,华为分享应用的应用图标、浏览器应用的应用图标、设置应用的应用图标1202)、网络标识、电量标识等。Referring to Fig. 12a(1), exemplarily, 1201 is the main interface of mobile phone A, and the main interface 1201 of mobile phone A includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: application icons (for example, application icons of Huawei sharing applications, browsing application icon of the browser application, application icon 1202 of the settings application, network identification, battery identification, and the like.
示例性的,用户点击设置应用的应用图像1202,手机A响应于用户的操作行为,展示设置界面,如图12a(2)中的1203所示。示例性的,设置界面1203中可以包括一个或多个控件,包括但不限于:账号选项、蓝牙选项、移动网络选项、桌面和壁纸选项、流量共享选项1204、网卡管理选项和应用管理选项等等。用户点击流量共享选项1204,手机A响应于用户的操作行为,展示流量共享界面,如图12a(3)中的1205所示。示例性的,流量共享界面1205可以包括一个或多个控件,包括但不限于:请求共享选项1206、主动共享选项1207、流量经营选项1208。Exemplarily, the user clicks on the application image 1202 of the setting application, and the mobile phone A displays the setting interface in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in 1203 in FIG. 12a(2). Exemplarily, the setting interface 1203 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to: account options, Bluetooth options, mobile network options, desktop and wallpaper options, traffic sharing options 1204, network card management options, application management options, etc. . The user clicks on the traffic sharing option 1204, and mobile phone A displays a traffic sharing interface in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in 1205 in FIG. 12a(3). Exemplarily, the traffic sharing interface 1205 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to: a request sharing option 1206 , an active sharing option 1207 , and a traffic management option 1208 .
示例性的,当手机B的流量共享界面中主动共享选项对应的开关状态为关闭状态时,若手机A的流量共享界面1205中的请求共享选项1206的开关状态为关闭状态,则用户可以滑动手机A的流量共享界面1205中的请求共享选项1206的开关,以请求手机B,共享手机B的数据通路。示例性的,用户滑动请求共享选项1206的开关后,手机A可以响应于用户的操作行为,向手机B发送共享请求信息,共享请求信息用于请求共享数据通路。Exemplarily, when the switch state corresponding to the active sharing option in the traffic sharing interface of mobile phone B is off, if the switch state of the request sharing option 1206 in the traffic sharing interface 1205 of mobile phone A is off, the user can slide the mobile phone In A's traffic sharing interface 1205, switch the request sharing option 1206 to request mobile phone B to share the data path of mobile phone B. Exemplarily, after the user slides the switch of request sharing option 1206, mobile phone A may send sharing request information to mobile phone B in response to the user's operation behavior, and the sharing request information is used to request to share the data channel.
示例性的,当手机B的流量共享界面中主动共享选项对应的开关状态为关闭状态时,若手机A的流量共享界面1205中的请求共享选项1206的开关状态为开启状态,则手机A和手机B建立Wi-Fi连接后,手机A即可向手机B发送共享请求信息。Exemplarily, when the switch state corresponding to the active sharing option in the traffic sharing interface of mobile phone B is off, if the switch state of the request sharing option 1206 in the traffic sharing interface 1205 of mobile phone A is on, then mobile phone A and mobile phone After B establishes a Wi-Fi connection, mobile phone A can send sharing request information to mobile phone B.
示例性的,手机B接收到手机A发送的共享请求信息后,可以展示共享请求提示界面。示例性的,共享请求提示界面包括一个或多个控件,包括但不限于:同意选项和拒绝选项。示例性的,共享请求提示界面还可以显示共享请求信息,如“手机A请求共享本机的移动网络”。用户点击同意选项,手机B响应于用户的操作行为,向手机A返回 同意共享响应信息,进而手机A可以通过与手机B的Wi-Fi连接,共享手机B的数据通道。用户点击拒绝选项,手机B响应于用户的操作行为,向手机A返回拒绝共享响应信息,此时,手机A则无法通过与手机B的Wi-Fi连接,共享手机B的数据通道。Exemplarily, after mobile phone B receives the sharing request information sent by mobile phone A, it may display a sharing request prompt interface. Exemplarily, the sharing request prompt interface includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: consent option and rejection option. Exemplarily, the sharing request prompt interface may also display sharing request information, such as "mobile phone A requests to share the mobile network of the mobile phone". The user clicks the agree option, and mobile phone B responds to the user's operation behavior, and returns the consent sharing response message to mobile phone A, and then mobile phone A can share the data channel of mobile phone B through the Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B. The user clicks the reject option, and mobile phone B responds to the user's operation behavior and returns a response message of rejecting sharing to mobile phone A. At this time, mobile phone A cannot share the data channel of mobile phone B through the Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B.
示例性的,手机A接收到手机B返回的同意共享响应消息后,用户在使用手机A中应用程序过程中,手机A的应用程序可以基于自身的蜂窝网卡1和Modem1,与业务服务器建立socket1连接,以及手机A可以基于Wi-Fi网卡1、Wi-Fi网卡2、网络代理服务、蜂窝网卡2和Modem2,与业务服务器建立socket2连接。示例性的,手机A和手机B建立socket1连接和socket2连接的过程,可以参照上述4G手机和5G手机壳建立socket1连接和socket2连接的过程的描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, after mobile phone A receives the consent sharing response message returned by mobile phone B, when the user is using the application program in mobile phone A, the application program of mobile phone A can establish a socket1 connection with the service server based on its own cellular network card 1 and Modem1 , and mobile phone A can establish a socket2 connection with the service server based on Wi-Fi network card 1, Wi-Fi network card 2, network proxy service, cellular network card 2 and Modem2. Exemplarily, the process of establishing socket1 connection and socket2 connection between mobile phone A and mobile phone B can refer to the above description of the process of establishing socket1 connection and socket2 connection between the 4G mobile phone and the 5G mobile phone case, and will not be repeated here.
示例性的,手机A中的应用程序通过socket1连接和socket2连接,并行与业务服务器进行数据交互的过程,也可以参照上述4G手机中的应用程序通过socket1连接和socket2连接,并行与业务服务器进行数据交互的过程,在此也不再赘述。Exemplarily, the application program in mobile phone A connects through socket1 and socket2, and performs data interaction with the business server in parallel. You can also refer to the above-mentioned application program in the 4G mobile phone through socket1 connection and socket2 connection, and parallelizes data interaction with the business server. The interactive process will not be repeated here.
示例性的,当手机B的流量共享界面中主动共享选项对应的开关状态为开启状态时,则手机A和手机B建立Wi-Fi后,手机B接收到手机A发送的共享请求信息,直接向手机A返回同意共享响应信息,无需在手机B中展示共享请求提示界面,以及无需用户在共享请求提示界面中操作。Exemplarily, when the switch state corresponding to the active sharing option in the traffic sharing interface of mobile phone B is on, then after mobile phone A and mobile phone B establish Wi-Fi, mobile phone B receives the sharing request information sent by mobile phone A, and directly sends Mobile phone A returns the response information of agreeing to sharing, without displaying the sharing request prompt interface on mobile phone B, and without requiring the user to operate in the sharing request prompt interface.
一种可能的方式中,当用户手机中SIM卡的流量比较富裕时,用户可以点击图12a(3)中的流量经营选项1208,手机响应于用户的操作行为,展示流量经营界面,如图12a(4)的1209所示。示例性的,流量经营界面可以包括一个或多个控件,包括但不限于流量购买选项1210和流量出售选项1211等。用户点击流量出售选项1211,手机响应于用户的操作行为,展示流量出售界面。用户可以浏览流量出售界面的流量出售规则,以及流量价格,然后根据需求进行操作出售流量。示例性的,用户出售流量后,图12a(2)中主动共享选项1207的开关可以自动被设置为开启状态,无需用户手动操作。In one possible way, when the traffic of the SIM card in the user's mobile phone is relatively rich, the user can click the traffic management option 1208 in Figure 12a(3), and the mobile phone will display the traffic management interface in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in Figure 12a (4) as shown in 1209. Exemplarily, the traffic management interface may include one or more controls, including but not limited to a traffic buying option 1210 and a traffic selling option 1211 . The user clicks on the traffic selling option 1211, and the mobile phone displays a traffic selling interface in response to the user's operation behavior. Users can browse the traffic sales rules and traffic prices on the traffic sales interface, and then sell traffic according to their needs. Exemplarily, after the user sells traffic, the switch of the active sharing option 1207 in FIG. 12a(2) may be automatically set to an on state without manual operation by the user.
一种可能的方式中,当用户手机中SIM卡的流量比较紧迫时,可以点击流量购买选项1210,手机响应于用户的操作行为,展示流量购买界面。用户可以浏览流量购买界面的流量购买规则,以及流量价格,然后根据需求进行操作购买流量。示例性的,用户购买流量后,图12a(2)中请求共享选择1206的开关可以自动被设置为开启状态,无需用户手动操作。In one possible way, when the traffic of the SIM card in the user's mobile phone is relatively urgent, the user may click on the data purchase option 1210, and the mobile phone displays a data purchase interface in response to the user's operation behavior. Users can browse the traffic purchase rules and traffic prices on the traffic purchase interface, and then purchase traffic according to their needs. Exemplarily, after the user purchases traffic, the switch requesting sharing selection 1206 in FIG. 12a(2) may be automatically set to an on state without manual operation by the user.
图12b为示例性示出的通信连接示意图。Fig. 12b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary communication connection.
示例性的,针对图12b可以参照图5b的描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, for FIG. 12b, reference may be made to the description of FIG. 5b, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,图12b中,手机A中APP2依然与业务服务器保持socket1连接和socket2连接过程中,当手机B在使用APP2时,手机B可以基于手机B中的网络代理服务、蜂窝网卡2和Modem2与业务服务器建立socket3连接。示例性的,如图12b(4)所示,socket3连接可以是指手机B中的APP2-网络代理服务-蜂窝网卡2-Modem2-业务服务器之间的数据通路。It should be noted that in Figure 12b, while APP2 in mobile phone A still maintains socket1 connection and socket2 connection with the business server, when mobile phone B is using APP2, mobile phone B can base on the network proxy service in mobile phone B, cellular network card 2 and Modem2 establishes a socket3 connection with the service server. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 12b(4), the socket3 connection may refer to the data path between APP2-network proxy service-cellular network card 2-Modem2-service server in mobile phone B.
示例性的,socket3连接的源IP地址为蜂窝网卡2的IP地址,即A.B.C.D。socket3 连接的目的地址为业务服务器的地址。若手机A中的APP2与手机B中的APP2是同一个APP,则socket3连接的业务服务器与socket2连接的业务服务器可能是同一个服务器,此时,socket3连接的目的地址可以为E.F.G.H。Exemplarily, the source IP address of the socket3 connection is the IP address of the cellular network card 2, namely A.B.C.D. The destination address of the socket3 connection is the address of the business server. If APP2 in mobile phone A and APP2 in mobile phone B are the same APP, then the service server connected to socket3 and the service server connected to socket2 may be the same server. At this time, the destination address of socket3 connection can be E.F.G.H.
示例性的,手机B中的APP2通过socket3连接向业务服务器发送数据时,网络代理服务器识别到该数据是手机B中应用层的数据,可以不对该数据进行NAT转换,直接将该数据发送给蜂窝网卡2,然后通过Modem2发送至业务服务器。Exemplarily, when APP2 in mobile phone B sends data to the service server through the socket3 connection, the network proxy server recognizes that the data is the data of the application layer in mobile phone B, and can directly send the data to the cellular network without performing NAT conversion on the data. Network card 2, and then send it to the service server through Modem2.
示例性的,蜂窝网卡2可以接收到业务服务器返回的手机A中APP2的数据A,以及业务服务器返回的手机B中的APP2的数据B。Exemplarily, the cellular network card 2 may receive data A of APP2 in mobile phone A returned by the service server, and data B of APP2 in mobile phone B returned by the service server.
例如,数据A如表1所示:For example, data A is shown in Table 1:
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022112911-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022112911-appb-000001
例如,数据B如表2所示:For example, data B is shown in Table 2:
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022112911-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022112911-appb-000002
示例性的,数据A中的源IP地址和目的IP地址,与数据B中源IP地址和目的IP地址的是相同的,但是手机B中的与socket3连接绑定的端口,和与socket2b连接绑定的端口是不同的;因此网络代理服务可以根据预先记录的网络转换关系,根据接收到的数据的目的IP地址和目的端口,进行NAT转换,从而确定是将蜂窝网卡2接收到的数据发送给USB网卡1,还是发送给手机B中的APP2。Exemplarily, the source IP address and destination IP address in data A are the same as the source IP address and destination IP address in data B, but the port bound to the socket3 connection in mobile phone B is the same as the port bound to the socket2b connection The specified ports are different; therefore, the network proxy service can perform NAT conversion according to the pre-recorded network conversion relationship, according to the destination IP address and destination port of the received data, so as to determine whether to send the data received by the cellular network card 2 to USB network card 1, or send to APP2 in mobile phone B.
示例性的,由于网络代理服务记录的网络转换关系为:w.x.y.z/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0,因此网络代理服务可以将数据A转换为数据C,如表3所示:Exemplarily, since the network conversion relationship recorded by the network proxy service is: w.x.y.z/PROT1—A.B.C.D/PROT0, the network proxy service can convert data A to data C, as shown in Table 3:
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2022112911-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022112911-appb-000003
然后网络代理服务可以将数据C发送至USB网卡1中,然后可以参照图6b,将数据C传输至手机A中的APP2。由于数据B不存对应的网络转换关系,因此网络代理服务可以将数据B发送至手机B中的APP2。Then the network proxy service can send the data C to the USB network card 1, and then can refer to FIG. 6b to transmit the data C to the APP2 in the mobile phone A. Since there is no corresponding network conversion relationship for data B, the network proxy service can send data B to APP2 in mobile phone B.
图13为示例性示出的连接示意图。Fig. 13 is a schematic connection schematic diagram shown by way of example.
示例性的,手机A可以与手机B建立Wi-Fi连接,以及与手机C建立蓝牙连接。这 样手机A可以协同自身的蜂窝能力(或者无线通信能力)、手机B的蜂窝能力(或者无线通信能力)以及手机C的蜂窝能力(或者无线通信能力),与服务器进行数据交互,从而能够增加带宽,降低数据传输时延。Exemplarily, mobile phone A can establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B, and establish a Bluetooth connection with mobile phone C. In this way, mobile phone A can cooperate with its own cellular capability (or wireless communication capability), mobile phone B's cellular capability (or wireless communication capability), and mobile phone C's cellular capability (or wireless communication capability), and perform data interaction with the server, thereby increasing the bandwidth. , to reduce the data transmission delay.
示例性的,手机A的应用程序可以基于自身的蜂窝网卡1和Modem1,与业务服务器建立socket1连接,手机A的应用程序可以基于手机A中的Wi-Fi网卡1、手机B中的Wi-Fi网卡2、手机B中的网络代理服务、手机B中的蜂窝网卡2和手机B中的Modem2,与业务服务器建立socket2连接,手机A的应用程序可以基于手机A中的蓝牙网卡1、手机C中的蓝牙网卡2、手机C中的网络代理服务、手机C中的蜂窝网卡2和手机C中的Modem2,与业务服务器建立socket3连接。可以参照上文中的描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the application program of mobile phone A can establish a socket1 connection with the service server based on its own cellular network card 1 and Modem1, and the application program of mobile phone A can be based on the Wi-Fi network card 1 in mobile phone A and the Wi-Fi network card in mobile phone B. Network card 2, the network agent service in mobile phone B, cellular network card 2 in mobile phone B and Modem 2 in mobile phone B, establish a socket2 connection with the service server, and the application program of mobile phone A can be based on Bluetooth network card 1 in mobile phone A and mobile phone C. The bluetooth network card 2 in the mobile phone C, the network proxy service in the mobile phone C, the cellular network card 2 in the mobile phone C and the Modem 2 in the mobile phone C establish a socket3 connection with the business server. Reference may be made to the description above, and details are not repeated here.
应当理解的是,手机A可以与手机B建立Wi-Fi连接,以及与手机C建立Wi-Fi连接。手机A也可以与手机B建立蓝牙连接,以及与手机C建立蓝牙连接。手机A还可USB连接,以及与手机C建立Wi-Fi连接。手机A可以与手机B建立Wi-Fi连接,以及与手机C建立USB连接,等等;也就是说,本申请实施例不限制手机A与手机B及手机C的连接方式。It should be understood that mobile phone A can establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B and establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone C. Mobile phone A can also establish a Bluetooth connection with mobile phone B, and establish a Bluetooth connection with mobile phone C. Mobile phone A can also be connected via USB, and establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone C. Mobile phone A can establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B, and establish a USB connection with mobile phone C, etc.;
应当理解的是,本申请实施例不限制与手机A连接的手机数量,也就是说,本申请实施例不限制手机A借助多少个手机的数据通路。It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of mobile phones connected to the mobile phone A, that is, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of mobile phone data paths that the mobile phone A uses.
示例性的,当手机A和手机B及手机C均通过Wi-Fi连接时,手机A中可以包括至少两个Wi-Fi网卡,一个Wi-Fi网卡与手机B中的Wi-Fi网卡连接,另一个Wi-Fi网卡与手机C中的Wi-Fi网卡连接。Exemplarily, when mobile phone A is connected to mobile phone B and mobile phone C through Wi-Fi, mobile phone A may include at least two Wi-Fi network cards, one Wi-Fi network card is connected to the Wi-Fi network card in mobile phone B, Another Wi-Fi network card is connected with the Wi-Fi network card in mobile phone C.
示例性的,当手机A和手机B及手机C均通过Wi-Fi连接时,手机A中可以仅包含一个Wi-Fi网卡,该Wi-Fi网卡可以作为AP,手机B中的Wi-Fi网卡和手机C中的Wi-Fi网卡,均连接到手机A的Wi-Fi网卡。此外,手机A中还设置有分流模块,当手机A中Wi-Fi网卡接收到应用程序的业务数据时,分流模块可以按照预设的分流规则,将业务数据分流到手机B或手机C中。示例性的,分流规则可以按照需求设置,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Exemplarily, when mobile phone A, mobile phone B, and mobile phone C are all connected through Wi-Fi, mobile phone A may only include one Wi-Fi network card, which can serve as an AP, and the Wi-Fi network card in mobile phone B and the Wi-Fi network card in mobile phone C are connected to the Wi-Fi network card of mobile phone A. In addition, mobile phone A is also equipped with a distribution module. When the Wi-Fi network card in mobile phone A receives the business data of the application program, the distribution module can distribute the business data to mobile phone B or mobile phone C according to the preset distribution rules. Exemplarily, the distribution rule can be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,分流模块确定将业务数据分流到手机B时,可以按照图7d的方式为接收到的数据添加IP头(2)和TCP头(2),其中,IP头(2)中的目的IP地址为手机B中Wi-Fi网卡的IP地址,TCP头(2)中的目的端口为手机A的Wi-Fi网卡中与手机B的Wi-Fi网卡通信的端口。Exemplarily, when the offloading module determines to offload the business data to mobile phone B, it can add IP header (2) and TCP header (2) to the received data in the manner shown in Figure 7d, wherein the purpose in IP header (2) The IP address is the IP address of the Wi-Fi network card in the mobile phone B, and the destination port in the TCP header (2) is the port communicating with the Wi-Fi network card of the mobile phone B in the Wi-Fi network card of the mobile phone A.
示例性的,分流模块确定将业务数据分流到手机B时,按照图7d的方式为接收到的数据添加IP头(2)和TCP头(2),其中,IP头(2)中的目的IP地址为手机C中Wi-Fi网卡的IP地址,TCP头(2)中的目的端口为手机A的Wi-Fi网卡中与手机C的Wi-Fi网卡通信的端口。Exemplarily, when the offloading module determines to offload the service data to the mobile phone B, it adds an IP header (2) and a TCP header (2) to the received data in the manner shown in Figure 7d, wherein the destination IP in the IP header (2) The address is the IP address of the Wi-Fi network card in the mobile phone C, and the destination port in the TCP header (2) is the port in the Wi-Fi network card of the mobile phone A that communicates with the Wi-Fi network card of the mobile phone C.
图14为示例性示出的连接示意图。Fig. 14 is a schematic connection schematic diagram shown by way of example.
示例性的,平板电脑(Wi-Fi ONLY(仅能使用Wi-Fi网络))可以与手机B建立Wi-Fi连接,这样平板电脑可以协同自身的无线通信能力和手机的蜂窝能力(或者无线通信能力),与服务器进行数据交互,从而能够增加带宽,降低数据传输时延。Exemplarily, a tablet computer (Wi-Fi ONLY (only Wi-Fi network can be used)) can establish a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone B, so that the tablet computer can coordinate its own wireless communication capabilities with the cellular capabilities of the mobile phone (or wireless communication capability) to interact with the server to increase bandwidth and reduce data transmission delay.
示例性的,平板电脑中的鉴权类APP可以通过平板电脑与手机的Wi-Fi连接,使用手机的蜂窝能力,与业务服务器进行数据交互。这可以参照上文中的描述,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the authentication APP in the tablet computer can connect the tablet computer to the mobile phone's Wi-Fi, use the cellular capability of the mobile phone, and perform data interaction with the service server. For this, reference may be made to the description above, and details will not be repeated here.
示例性的,手机A共享手机B的通信能力后,由于不同的通信方式在带宽、延迟、稳定性、成本上存在差异,且用户同时运行的不同类型的应用程序对通信能力的要求有所不同,进而本申请实施例可以基于应用类型,网卡的性能以及用户的喜好,为不同的应用程序匹配对应的网卡,以提升用户体验。Exemplarily, after mobile phone A shares the communication capability of mobile phone B, different communication methods have differences in bandwidth, delay, stability, and cost, and different types of applications that users run at the same time have different requirements for communication capabilities. , and furthermore, the embodiment of the present application can match corresponding network cards for different application programs based on the application type, network card performance and user preferences, so as to improve user experience.
示例性的,应用类型可以包括以下至少一种:高吞吐类、低时延类、低成本类、均衡类。应当理解的是,应用类型还可以包括其他种类,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Exemplarily, the application type may include at least one of the following: high-throughput type, low-latency type, low-cost type, and balanced type. It should be understood that the application type may also include other types, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
图15为示例性示出界面示意图。Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interface.
示例性的,用户可以点击图12a(2)中网卡管理选项,手机响应于用户的操作行为,展示网卡管理界面,如图15(1)中的1501所示。示例性的,网卡管理界面1501可以包括一个或多个控件,包括但不限于:蜂窝网卡1管理选项1502、蜂窝网卡2管理选项、虚拟蜂窝网卡1管理选项、虚拟蜂窝网卡2管理选项和Wi-Fi网卡管理选项等。Exemplarily, the user can click on the network card management option in FIG. 12a(2), and the mobile phone displays the network card management interface in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in 1501 in FIG. 15(1). Exemplarily, the network card management interface 1501 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to: cellular network card 1 management option 1502, cellular network card 2 management option, virtual cellular network card 1 management option, virtual cellular network card 2 management option and Wi- Fi network card management options, etc.
示例性的,用户点击蜂窝网卡1管理选项1502,手机响应于用户的操作行为,展示蜂窝网卡1的管理界面,如图15(2)中的1503所示。示例性的,蜂窝网卡1的管理界面1503可以包括一个或多个控件,包括但不限于状态选项、优先级选项、用户喜爱度选项、流量计费选项等。示例性的,用户滑动状态选项的开关,可以开启或关闭蜂窝网卡1。示例性的,用户点击优先级,可以进入网卡优先级设置界面,然后可以在网卡优先级设置界面中设置蜂窝网卡1的优先级。示例性的,用户点击用户喜爱度选项,可以进入喜爱度设置界面,然后可以在喜爱度设置界面中设置针对蜂窝网卡1的喜爱度。示例性的,用户点击流量计费选项,可以进入流量计费详情界面,查看流量计费详情。示例性的,蜂窝网卡1的管理界面1503还显示有蜂窝网卡1的性能信息,包括但不限于:带宽、延迟、丢包率、稳定性等。Exemplarily, the user clicks on the management option 1502 of the cellular network card 1, and the mobile phone displays the management interface of the cellular network card 1 in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in 1503 in FIG. 15(2). Exemplarily, the management interface 1503 of the cellular network card 1 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to status options, priority options, user preference options, traffic accounting options, and the like. Exemplarily, the user can turn on or turn off the cellular network card 1 by sliding the switch of the status option. Exemplarily, the user clicks the priority to enter the network card priority setting interface, and then can set the priority of the cellular network card 1 in the network card priority setting interface. Exemplarily, the user clicks on the user preference option to enter the preference setting interface, and then set the preference for the cellular network card 1 in the preference setting interface. Exemplarily, the user clicks on the traffic billing option to enter the traffic billing details interface and view the traffic billing details. Exemplarily, the management interface 1503 of the cellular network card 1 also displays performance information of the cellular network card 1, including but not limited to: bandwidth, delay, packet loss rate, stability, and the like.
示例性的,当手机中每增加一新的可以用于连接到服务器的网卡时,可以检测该网卡的网卡性能,获取该网卡的网卡性能信息,以及在图15(1)中增加对应的网卡管理选项。Exemplarily, when a new network card that can be used to connect to the server is added to the mobile phone, the network card performance of the network card can be detected, the network card performance information of the network card can be obtained, and the corresponding network card can be added in Figure 15(1) Management options.
示例性的,用户可以点击图12a(2)中应用管理选项,手机响应于用户的操作行为,展示应用管理界面,如图15(3)中的1504所示。示例性的,应用管理界面1504可以包括一个或多个控件,包括但不限于:应用程序1管理选项1505、应用程序2管理选项、应用程序3管理选项、应用程序4管理选项、应用程序5管理选项和应用程序6管理选项等。Exemplarily, the user may click on the application management option in FIG. 12a(2), and the mobile phone displays the application management interface in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in 1504 in FIG. 15(3). Exemplarily, the application management interface 1504 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to: application 1 management option 1505, application 2 management option, application 3 management option, application 4 management option, application 5 management Options and Apps 6 Manage options and more.
示例性的,用户点击应用程序1管理选项1505,手机响应于用户的操作行为,展示应用程序1的管理界面,如图15(4)中的1506所示。示例性的,应用程序1的管理界面1506可以包括一个或多个控件,包括但不限于网卡绑定选项、应用类型设置选项等。示例性的,用户网卡绑定选项,可以进入网卡绑定选项界面,然后可以在网卡绑定选项界面中设置与应用程序绑定的网卡。示例性的,用户点击应用类型设置选项,可以进入 应用类型设置界面,然后可以在应用类型设置界面中应用程序1的应用类型。Exemplarily, the user clicks on the application program 1 management option 1505, and the mobile phone displays the application program 1 management interface in response to the user's operation behavior, as shown in 1506 in FIG. 15(4). Exemplarily, the management interface 1506 of the application program 1 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to network card binding options, application type setting options, and the like. Exemplarily, the user may enter the network card binding option interface for the user network card binding option, and then set the network card bound to the application in the network card binding option interface. Exemplarily, the user clicks the application type setting option to enter the application type setting interface, and then the application type of application 1 can be displayed in the application type setting interface.
例如,对于4G手机上的高吞吐类的应用程序,用户可以将基于5G手机或5G手机壳中蜂窝网卡创建的虚拟蜂窝网卡,设置为与该高吞吐类的应用程序绑定的网卡。For example, for high-throughput applications on 4G mobile phones, users can set the virtual cellular network card created based on the cellular network card in the 5G mobile phone or 5G mobile phone case as the network card bound to the high-throughput application.
例如,对于4G手机上的高吞吐类的应用程序,用户可以将与5G手机或5G手机壳中Wi-Fi网卡2连接的Wi-Fi网卡1,设置为与该高吞吐类的应用程序绑定的网卡。For example, for a high-throughput application on a 4G mobile phone, the user can set the Wi-Fi network card 1 connected to the Wi-Fi network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone or the 5G mobile phone case to be bound to the high-throughput application network card.
例如,4G手机中包括两张SIM卡:SIMA卡和SIMB卡。当4G手机中的SIMA卡办理了特定应用的免流套餐时,可以将4G手机中的SIMA卡,设置为特定应用程序绑定的网卡。For example, a 4G mobile phone includes two SIM cards: a SIMA card and a SIMB card. When the SIMA card in the 4G mobile phone has applied for a specific application-free streaming package, the SIMA card in the 4G mobile phone can be set as a network card bound to a specific application.
例如,对于平板电脑中低流量成本类的应用程序,在没有WiFi的情况下,用户可以将平板电脑与手机中Wi-Fi网卡2连接的Wi-Fi网卡1,设置为平板电脑中低流量消耗的应用程序绑定的网卡。For example, for applications with low traffic costs on tablets, if there is no WiFi, the user can set the Wi-Fi network card 1 connected to Wi-Fi network card 2 in the tablet computer to low traffic consumption on the tablet. The NIC to which the application is bound.
示例性的,当用户未设置应用程序的应用类型时,可以由电子设备确定该应用程序的应用类型的应用类型。Exemplarily, when the user does not set the application type of the application program, the electronic device may determine the application type of the application program.
示例性的,电子设备可以根据应用程序携带的类型信息,确定应用程序的应用类型。电子设备也可以根据全网用户针对该应用程序的反馈信息,确定该应用程序的应用类型,等等。Exemplarily, the electronic device may determine the application type of the application program according to the type information carried by the application program. The electronic device can also determine the application type of the application program according to the feedback information of the users in the whole network on the application program, and so on.
示例性的,当手机中每增加一新的应用程序时,电子设备都可以确定新增应用程序的应用类型,并在图15(3)的应用管理界面中增加对应的应用程序管理选项。Exemplarily, when a new application program is added to the mobile phone, the electronic device can determine the application type of the newly added application program, and add corresponding application program management options in the application management interface of FIG. 15(3).
图16为示例性示出的数据处理流程示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary data processing flow.
S1601,在应用程序建立socket连接时,判断应用程序是否存在对应的网卡配置信息。S1601. When the application program establishes a socket connection, determine whether the application program has corresponding network card configuration information.
示例性的,在应用程序建立socket连接时,可以从手机的多个可连接到业务服务器网卡中,选择与应用程序匹配的网卡来建立socket连接。Exemplarily, when an application program establishes a socket connection, a network card matching the application program may be selected from multiple network cards of the mobile phone that can be connected to the service server to establish the socket connection.
示例性的,当用户为该应用程序设置了绑定的网卡时,可以优先根据用户设置,来为该应用程序分配用于建立socket连接的网卡。当用户未为该应用程序设置绑定的网卡时,手机可以根据各网卡的网络性能,以及应用程序对应的应用类型,为该应用程序分配用于建立socket连接的网卡。Exemplarily, when the user sets a bound network card for the application, the network card for establishing the socket connection may be assigned to the application preferentially according to the user settings. When the user does not set a bound network card for the application program, the mobile phone can allocate a network card for establishing a socket connection to the application program according to the network performance of each network card and the application type corresponding to the application program.
示例性的,当用户为该应用程序设置了绑定的网卡时,手机可以存储该应用程序对应的网卡配置信息。Exemplarily, when the user sets a bound network card for the application, the mobile phone may store configuration information of the network card corresponding to the application.
示例性的,可以先查找应用程序对应的网卡配置信息。若查找到应用程序对应的网卡配置信息,则说明用户为该应用程序设置了绑定的网卡;此时可以执行S1602。若未查找到应用程序对应的网卡配置信息,则说明用户没有未该应用程序设置绑定的网卡;此时可以执行S1604。Exemplarily, the network card configuration information corresponding to the application program may be searched first. If the network card configuration information corresponding to the application is found, it means that the user has set a bound network card for the application; at this time, S1602 can be executed. If the network card configuration information corresponding to the application program is not found, it means that the user does not have a network card that is not bound to the application program settings; at this time, S1604 can be executed.
S1602,依据网卡配置信息,确定与应用程序绑定的网卡。S1602. Determine the network card bound to the application program according to the network card configuration information.
示例性的,当查找到应用程序对应的网卡配置信息,则可以依据网卡配置信息,确定与应用程序绑定的网卡。Exemplarily, when the network card configuration information corresponding to the application is found, the network card bound to the application may be determined according to the network card configuration information.
S1603,基于与应用程序绑定的网卡,建立socket连接。S1603. Establish a socket connection based on the network card bound to the application program.
示例性的,在确定用户设置的与该应用程序绑定的网卡后,可以基于与应用程序绑 定的网卡,为该应用程序建立socket连接。这样,该应用程序可以在用户为其绑定的网卡上建立socket连接,与业务服务器进行通信,进而能够满足用户对应用程序对应通信能力的要求,提高用户体验。Exemplarily, after determining the network card bound to the application set by the user, a socket connection can be established for the application based on the network card bound to the application. In this way, the application program can establish a socket connection on the network card bound by the user to communicate with the service server, thereby meeting the user's requirements for the corresponding communication capabilities of the application program and improving user experience.
例如,对于4G手机上的高吞吐类的应用程序,用户可以将基于5G手机或5G手机壳中蜂窝网卡创建的虚拟蜂窝网卡,设置为与该高吞吐类的应用程序绑定的网卡。For example, for high-throughput applications on 4G mobile phones, users can set the virtual cellular network card created based on the cellular network card in the 5G mobile phone or 5G mobile phone case as the network card bound to the high-throughput application.
例如,对于4G手机上的高吞吐类的应用程序,用户可以将与5G手机或5G手机壳中Wi-Fi网卡2连接的Wi-Fi网卡1,设置为与该高吞吐类的应用程序绑定的网卡。For example, for a high-throughput application on a 4G mobile phone, the user can set the Wi-Fi network card 1 connected to the Wi-Fi network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone or the 5G mobile phone case to be bound to the high-throughput application network card.
例如,4G手机中包括两张SIM卡:SIMA卡和SIMB卡。当4G手机中的SIMA卡办理了特定应用的免流套餐时,可以将4G手机中的SIMA卡,设置为特定应用程序绑定的网卡。For example, a 4G mobile phone includes two SIM cards: a SIMA card and a SIMB card. When the SIMA card in the 4G mobile phone has applied for a specific application-free streaming package, the SIMA card in the 4G mobile phone can be set as a network card bound to a specific application.
例如,对于平板电脑中低流量成本类的应用程序,在没有WiFi的情况下,用户可以将平板电脑与手机中Wi-Fi网卡2连接的Wi-Fi网卡1,设置为平板电脑中低流量消耗的应用程序绑定的网卡。For example, for applications with low traffic costs on tablets, if there is no WiFi, the user can set the Wi-Fi network card 1 connected to Wi-Fi network card 2 in the tablet computer to low traffic consumption on the tablet. The NIC to which the application is bound.
S1604,获取应用程序的应用类型,以及获取多个网卡的网卡性能信息。S1604. Obtain the application type of the application program, and obtain network card performance information of multiple network cards.
示例性的,手机中的网卡可以包括可以与所述业务服务器直接进行数据交互的网卡,例如,图5b中的蜂窝网卡1,图9b中的Wi-Fi网卡1。Exemplarily, the network card in the mobile phone may include a network card that can directly perform data interaction with the service server, for example, the cellular network card 1 in FIG. 5b, and the Wi-Fi network card 1 in FIG. 9b.
示例性的,手机中的网卡还可以包括和通过与另一电子设备中网卡的连接与所述业务服务器进行数据交互的网卡,如图5b中的USB网卡1,图7b中的Wi-Fi网卡1,图9a中的虚拟蜂窝网卡,图10b中的蜂窝网卡2。Exemplarily, the network card in the mobile phone may also include a network card that performs data interaction with the service server through a connection with the network card in another electronic device, such as the USB network card 1 in Figure 5b, and the Wi-Fi network card in Figure 7b 1, the virtual cellular network card in Figure 9a, and the cellular network card 2 in Figure 10b.
示例性的,若未查找到该应用程序对应的网卡配置信息,则可以获取该应用程序的应用类型,以及获取各网卡的网络性能信息。Exemplarily, if the network card configuration information corresponding to the application program is not found, the application type of the application program and the network performance information of each network card may be obtained.
示例性的,当用户为该应用程序设置了对应的应用类型时,手机可以存储该应用程序对应的的类型设置信息。Exemplarily, when the user sets a corresponding application type for the application program, the mobile phone may store the type setting information corresponding to the application program.
其中,当查找到用户该应用程序对应的类型设置信息时,可以获取从类型设置信息中,获取用户为该应用程序设置的应用类型;当未查找到该应用程序对应的类型设置信息时,则可以获取系统为该应用程序确定的应用类型,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Wherein, when the type setting information corresponding to the application program of the user is found, the application type set by the user for the application program can be obtained from the type setting information; when the type setting information corresponding to the application program is not found, then The application type determined by the system for the application program may be obtained, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
S1605,依据多个网卡对应的网卡性能信息和应用程序的应用类型,为应用程序匹配性能最优的网卡。S1605. Match the network card with the best performance for the application program according to the network card performance information corresponding to the multiple network cards and the application type of the application program.
示例性的,根据该应用程序对应的应用类型,采用各网卡的网络性能信息进行计算,确定各网卡在与该应用类型对应维度上的分值。然后根据各网卡在与该应用类型对应维度上的分值,为该应用程序匹配最优的网卡。Exemplarily, according to the application type corresponding to the application program, the network performance information of each network card is used for calculation, and the score of each network card in the dimension corresponding to the application type is determined. Then, according to the score of each network card in the dimension corresponding to the application type, the optimal network card is matched for the application.
示例性的,网络性能信息可以包括以下至少一种:带宽、延迟、丢包率和计费单价。应当理解的是,网卡性能信息还可以包括比上述示出的参数更多或更少的参数,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Exemplarily, the network performance information may include at least one of the following: bandwidth, delay, packet loss rate, and charging unit price. It should be understood that the network card performance information may also include more or fewer parameters than the parameters shown above, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,若该应用程序的应用类型为高吞吐类,则可以根据各网卡的网络性能信息,计算各网卡在吞吐量维度上的分值,可以参照如下公式:Exemplarily, if the application type of the application program is a high-throughput class, the score of each network card in the throughput dimension can be calculated according to the network performance information of each network card, and the following formula can be referred to:
F_IO=a1*bandwidth+a2*rtt+a3*lossrate+a4*unitpriceF_IO=a1*bandwidth+a2*rtt+a3*lossrate+a4*unitprice
其中,F_IO表示网络在吞吐量维度上的分值,bandwidth为带宽等级(带宽越大, 等级越高),rtt为延迟等级(时延越小,等级越高),lossrate为丢包率等级(丢包率越小,等级越高),以及unitprice为计费单价等级(单价越低,等级越高)。a1为带宽等级对应的权重,a2为延迟等级对应的权重,a3为丢包率等级对应的权重,a4为计费单价等级对应的权重,其中,a1+a2+a3+a4=1,a1、a2、a3和a4均可以按照需求设置,本申请实施例对此不作限制。可选地,可以将a1设置的相对较高,以提高网卡吞吐率等级的权重。Among them, F_IO represents the score of the network in the throughput dimension, bandwidth is the bandwidth level (the larger the bandwidth, the higher the level), rtt is the delay level (the smaller the delay, the higher the level), lossrate is the packet loss rate level ( The smaller the packet loss rate, the higher the level), and unitprice is the billing unit price level (the lower the unit price, the higher the level). a1 is the weight corresponding to the bandwidth level, a2 is the weight corresponding to the delay level, a3 is the weight corresponding to the packet loss rate level, and a4 is the weight corresponding to the billing unit price level, where a1+a2+a3+a4=1, a1, a2, a3, and a4 can all be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. Optionally, a1 can be set relatively high to increase the weight of the network card throughput level.
示例性的,可以选择F_IO最大(即吞吐率最高)的网卡,作为与该应用程序匹配的最优网卡。Exemplarily, the network card with the largest F_IO (that is, the highest throughput rate) may be selected as the optimal network card matching the application.
示例性的,若该应用程序的应用类型为低延迟类,则可以根据各网卡的网络性能信息,计算各网卡在延迟维度上的分值,可以参照如下公式:Exemplarily, if the application type of the application is a low-latency class, then the score of each network card in the delay dimension can be calculated according to the network performance information of each network card, and the following formula can be referred to:
F_LATENCY=b1*bandwidth+b2*rtt+b3*lossrate+b4*unitpriceF_LATENCY=b1*bandwidth+b2*rtt+b3*lossrate+b4*unitprice
其中,F_LATENCY表示网络在延迟维度上的分值,bandwidth为带宽等级(带宽越大,等级越高),rtt为延迟等级(时延越小,等级越高),lossrate为丢包率等级(丢包率越小,等级越高),以及unitprice为计费单价等级(单价越低,等级越高)。b1为带宽等级对应的权重,b2为延迟等级对应的权重,b3为丢包率等级对应的权重,b4为计费单价等级对应的权重,其中,b1+b2+b3+b4=1,b1、b2、b3和b4均可以按照需求设置,本申请实施例对此不作限制。可选地,可以将b2设置的相对较高,以提高网卡时延等级的权重,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Among them, F_LATENCY represents the score of the network in the delay dimension, bandwidth is the bandwidth level (the larger the bandwidth, the higher the level), rtt is the delay level (the smaller the delay, the higher the level), lossrate is the packet loss rate level (loss The smaller the package rate, the higher the level), and unitprice is the billing unit price level (the lower the unit price, the higher the level). b1 is the weight corresponding to the bandwidth level, b2 is the weight corresponding to the delay level, b3 is the weight corresponding to the packet loss rate level, and b4 is the weight corresponding to the billing unit price level, where b1+b2+b3+b4=1, b1, b2, b3, and b4 can all be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. Optionally, b2 may be set relatively high to increase the weight of the latency level of the network card, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,可以选择F_LATENCY最大(即时延最低)的网卡,作为与该应用程序匹配的最优网卡。Exemplarily, the network card with the largest F_LATENCY (that is, the lowest latency) may be selected as the optimal network card matching the application.
示例性的,若该应用程序的应用类型为低成本类,则可以根据各网卡的网络性能信息,计算各网卡在成本维度上的分值,可以参照如下公式:Exemplarily, if the application type of the application is a low-cost class, the score of each network card in the cost dimension can be calculated according to the network performance information of each network card, and the following formula can be referred to:
F_COST=c1*bandwidth+c2*rtt+c3*lossrate+c4*unitpriceF_COST=c1*bandwidth+c2*rtt+c3*lossrate+c4*unitprice
其中,F_COST表示网络在延迟维度上的分值,bandwidth为带宽等级(带宽越大,等级越高),rtt为延迟等级(时延越小,等级越高),lossrate为丢包率等级(丢包率越小,等级越高),以及unitprice为计费单价等级(单价越低,等级越高)。c1为带宽等级对应的权重,c2为延迟等级对应的权重,c3为丢包率等级对应的权重,c4为计费单价等级对应的权重,其中,c1+c2+c3+c4=1,c1、c2、c3和c4均可以按照需求设置,本申请实施例对此不作限制。可选地,可以将c4设置的相对较高,以提高计费价格等级的权重,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Among them, F_COST represents the score of the network in the delay dimension, bandwidth is the bandwidth level (the larger the bandwidth, the higher the level), rtt is the delay level (the smaller the delay, the higher the level), lossrate is the packet loss rate level (loss The smaller the package rate, the higher the level), and unitprice is the billing unit price level (the lower the unit price, the higher the level). c1 is the weight corresponding to the bandwidth level, c2 is the weight corresponding to the delay level, c3 is the weight corresponding to the packet loss rate level, and c4 is the weight corresponding to the billing unit price level, where c1+c2+c3+c4=1, c1, c2, c3, and c4 can all be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. Optionally, c4 may be set relatively high to increase the weight of the charging price level, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,可以选择F_COST最大(即流量费用最低)的网卡,作为与该应用程序匹配的最优网卡。Exemplarily, the network card with the largest F_COST (that is, the lowest traffic fee) may be selected as the optimal network card matching the application.
示例性的,若该应用程序的应用类型为均衡类,则可以根据各网卡的网络性能信息,计算各网卡在性能均衡上的分值,可以参照如下公式:Exemplarily, if the application type of the application program is balanced, the score of each network card on performance balance can be calculated according to the network performance information of each network card, and the following formula can be referred to:
F_BALANCE=d1*bandwidth+d2*rtt+d3*lossrate+d4*unitpriceF_BALANCE=d1*bandwidth+d2*rtt+d3*lossrate+d4*unitprice
其中,F_BALANCE表示网络在性能均衡上的分值,bandwidth为带宽等级(带宽越大,等级越高),rtt为延迟等级(时延越小,等级越高),lossrate为丢包率等级(丢包率越小,等级越高),以及unitprice为计费单价等级(单价越低,等级越高)。d1为带宽等级对应的权重,d2为延迟等级对应的权重,d3为丢包率等级对应的权重,d4为计费单价 等级对应的权重,其中,d1+d2+d3+d4=1,d1、d2、d3和d4均可以按照需求设置,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Among them, F_BALANCE represents the network performance balance score, bandwidth is the bandwidth level (the larger the bandwidth, the higher the level), rtt is the delay level (the smaller the delay, the higher the level), lossrate is the packet loss rate level (loss The smaller the package rate, the higher the level), and unitprice is the billing unit price level (the lower the unit price, the higher the level). d1 is the weight corresponding to the bandwidth level, d2 is the weight corresponding to the delay level, d3 is the weight corresponding to the packet loss rate level, and d4 is the weight corresponding to the billing unit price level, where d1+d2+d3+d4=1, d1, d2, d3, and d4 can all be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,可以选择F_BALANCE最大(即各项指标最均衡)的网卡,作为与该应用程序匹配的最优网卡。Exemplarily, the network card with the largest F_BALANCE (that is, the most balanced indicators) may be selected as the optimal network card matching the application.
当然,当用户设置了各网络的优先级时,还可以获取各网卡的优先级信息,然后基于各网卡的优先级信息,以及各网卡与应用程序的应用类型对应维度上的分值,来为该应用程序匹配最优的网卡,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Of course, when the user sets the priority of each network, the priority information of each network card can also be obtained, and then based on the priority information of each network card, and the score in the dimension corresponding to the application type of each network card and the application program, to provide The application program matches the optimal network card, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
S1606,基于与应用程序匹配的最优的网卡,建立socket连接。S1606. Establish a socket connection based on the optimal network card matched with the application program.
示例性的,在确定用户设置的与该应用程序匹配的最优的网卡后,可以基于该与应用程序匹配的最优的网卡,为该应用程序建立socket连接。这样,该应用程序可以在与其匹配的最优的网卡上建立socket连接,与业务服务器进行通信,进而能够满足各类型应用程序对应通信能力的要求,提高用户体验。Exemplarily, after determining the optimal network card set by the user that matches the application, a socket connection can be established for the application based on the optimal network card that matches the application. In this way, the application program can establish a socket connection on the optimal network card that matches it, and communicate with the service server, thereby meeting the communication capability requirements of various types of application programs and improving user experience.
例如,对于4G手机上的高吞吐类的应用程序,可以将基于5G手机或5G手机壳中蜂窝网卡创建的虚拟蜂窝网卡,作为与该高吞吐类的应用程序匹配的最优的网卡。For example, for a high-throughput application program on a 4G mobile phone, the virtual cellular network card created based on the cellular network card in the 5G mobile phone or the 5G mobile phone case can be used as the optimal network card matching the high-throughput application program.
例如,对于4G手机上的高吞吐类的应用程序,可以将与5G手机或5G手机壳中Wi-Fi网卡2连接的Wi-Fi网卡1,作为与该高吞吐类的应用程序匹配的最优的网卡。For example, for high-throughput applications on 4G mobile phones, Wi-Fi network card 1 connected to Wi-Fi network card 2 in the 5G mobile phone or 5G mobile phone case can be used as the optimal network card.
一个示例中,图17示出了本申请实施例的一种装置1700的示意性框图装置1700可包括:处理器1701和收发器/收发管脚1702,可选地,还包括存储器1703。In an example, FIG. 17 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1700 according to an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus 1700 may include: a processor 1701 and a transceiver/transceiving pin 1702 , and optionally, a memory 1703 .
装置1700的各个组件通过总线1704耦合在一起,其中总线1704除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都称为总线1704。Various components of the device 1700 are coupled together through a bus 1704, wherein the bus 1704 includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus in addition to a data bus. However, for clarity of illustration, the various buses are referred to as bus 1704 in the figure.
可选地,存储器1703可以用于前述方法实施例中的指令。该处理器1701可用于执行存储器1703中的指令,并控制接收管脚接收信号,以及控制发送管脚发送信号。Optionally, the memory 1703 may be used for the instructions in the foregoing method embodiments. The processor 1701 can be used to execute instructions in the memory 1703, and control the receiving pin to receive signals, and control the sending pin to send signals.
装置1700可以是上述方法实施例中的电子设备或电子设备的芯片。The apparatus 1700 may be the electronic device or the chip of the electronic device in the foregoing method embodiments.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above-mentioned method embodiment can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, and will not be repeated here.
本实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当该计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得电子设备执行上述相关方法步骤实现上述实施例中的通信方法。This embodiment also provides a computer storage medium, where computer instructions are stored in the computer storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on the electronic device, the electronic device is made to execute the above related method steps to implement the communication method in the above embodiment.
本实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述相关步骤,以实现上述实施例中的通信方法。This embodiment also provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned related steps, so as to implement the communication method in the above-mentioned embodiment.
另外,本申请的实施例还提供一种装置,这个装置具体可以是芯片,组件或模块,该装置可包括相连的处理器和存储器;其中,存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当装置运行时,处理器可执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令,以使芯片执行上述各方法实施例中的通信方法。In addition, an embodiment of the present application also provides a device, which may specifically be a chip, a component or a module, and the device may include a connected processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, The processor can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the communication methods in the foregoing method embodiments.
其中,本实施例提供的电子设备、计算机存储介质、计算机程序产品或芯片均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the electronic device, computer storage medium, computer program product or chip provided in this embodiment is all used to execute the corresponding method provided above, therefore, the beneficial effects it can achieve can refer to the corresponding method provided above The beneficial effects in the method will not be repeated here.
通过以上实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above functions can be assigned by different Completion of functional modules means that the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or It may be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。A unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and a component shown as a unit may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, which may be located in one place or distributed to multiple different places. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
本申请各个实施例的任意内容,以及同一实施例的任意内容,均可以自由组合。对上述内容的任意组合均在本申请的范围之内。Any content of each embodiment of the present application, as well as any content of the same embodiment, can be freely combined. Any combination of the above contents is within the scope of the present application.
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If an integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium Among them, several instructions are included to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations. The above-mentioned specific implementations are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art will Under the inspiration of this application, without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope of protection of the claims, many forms can also be made, all of which belong to the protection of this application.
结合本申请实施例公开内容所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现,也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable  ROM,EPROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。The steps of the methods or algorithms described in connection with the disclosure of the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of a processor executing software instructions. The software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), erasable programmable read-only memory ( Erasable Programmable ROM, EPROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be a component of the processor. The processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,在上述一个或多个示例中,本申请实施例所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in the foregoing one or more examples, the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations. The above-mentioned specific implementations are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art will Under the inspiration of this application, without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope of protection of the claims, many forms can also be made, all of which belong to the protection of this application.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一电子设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first electronic device, the method comprising:
    将所述第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据,划分为第一源数据和第二源数据;dividing the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into first source data and second source data;
    将所述第一源数据,通过所述第一电子设备中第一网卡发送至对应的业务服务器;以及sending the first source data to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and
    将所述第二源数据发送至所述第一电子设备中第二网卡,通过所述第二网卡与第二电子设备中第三网卡之间的连接,将所述第二源数据发送至所述第三网卡,以由所述第三网卡通过所述第二电子设备中第四网卡,将所述第二源数据发送至所述业务服务器。sending the second source data to the second network card in the first electronic device, and sending the second source data to the second network card in the second electronic device through the connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device the third network card, so that the third network card sends the second source data to the service server through the fourth network card in the second electronic device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述第二源数据,发送至所述第一电子设备中第二网卡,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the sending the second source data to the second network card in the first electronic device comprises:
    将所述第二网卡的网际互连协议IP地址作为源IP地址,以及将所述业务服务器的IP地址作为目的IP地址,对所述第二源数据进行封装,得到第一传输数据;Using the Internet Protocol IP address of the second network card as the source IP address, and using the IP address of the service server as the destination IP address, encapsulating the second source data to obtain the first transmission data;
    将所述第一传输数据发送至所述第二网卡。Send the first transmission data to the second network card.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过所述第二网卡与第二电子设备中第三网卡之间的连接,将所述第二源数据发送至所述第三网卡,以由所述第三网卡通过所述第二电子设备中第四网卡,将所述第二源数据发送至所述业务服务器,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the second source data is sent to the third network card through the connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device, Sending the second source data to the service server by the third network card through the fourth network card in the second electronic device includes:
    通过所述第二网卡与所述第三网卡之间的连接,将所述第一传输数据发送至所述第三网卡,以由所述第三网卡将所述第一传输数据发送至所述第二电子设备中网络代理服务,由所述网络代理服务将所述第一传输数据的源IP地址转换为所述第四网卡的IP地址,得到第二传输数据以及通过所述第四网卡将所述第二传输数据发送至所述业务服务器。Send the first transmission data to the third network card through the connection between the second network card and the third network card, so that the third network card sends the first transmission data to the The network proxy service in the second electronic device converts the source IP address of the first transmission data into the IP address of the fourth network card by the network proxy service, obtains the second transmission data and transfers the data through the fourth network card The second transmission data is sent to the service server.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过所述第二网卡与第二电子设备中第三网卡之间的连接,将所述第二源数据发送至所述第三网卡,以由所述第三网卡通过所述第二电子设备中第四网卡,将所述第二源数据发送至所述业务服务器,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the second source data is sent to the third network card through the connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device, Sending the second source data to the service server by the third network card through the fourth network card in the second electronic device includes:
    由所述第二网卡将所述第二网卡的IP地址作为源IP地址,以及将所述第三网卡的IP地址作为目的IP地址,对所述第一传输数据进行封装,得到第三传输数据;Using the IP address of the second network card as the source IP address and the IP address of the third network card as the destination IP address by the second network card, encapsulating the first transmission data to obtain third transmission data ;
    通过所述第二网卡与所述第三网卡之间的连接,将所述第三传输数据发送至所述第三网卡,以由所述第三网卡对所述第三传输数据中所述第二网卡封装的信息进行解封装,得到第四传输数据以及将所述第四传输数据发送至所述第二电子设备中网络代理服务,由所述网络代理服务将所述第四传输数据的源IP地址转换为所述第四网卡的IP地址,通过所述第四网卡将地址转换后的所述第四传输数据发送至所述业务服务器。Send the third transmission data to the third network card through the connection between the second network card and the third network card, so that the third network card can process the third transmission data in the third network card The information encapsulated by the second network card is decapsulated to obtain the fourth transmission data and send the fourth transmission data to the network proxy service in the second electronic device, and the network proxy service will send the source of the fourth transmission data The IP address is converted into the IP address of the fourth network card, and the fourth transmission data after the address conversion is sent to the service server through the fourth network card.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that,
    所述第一网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、蜂窝网卡;The first network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, cellular network card;
    所述第二网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡;The second network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
    所述第三网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡;The third network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
    所述第四网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、蜂窝网卡。The fourth network card includes at least one of the following: a wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card and a cellular network card.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that,
    所述第二源数据包括一组或多组;The second source data includes one or more sets;
    所述第二电子设备包括一个或多个,每组第二源数据对应发送至一个第二电子设备中第三网卡。The second electronic device includes one or more, and each group of second source data is correspondingly sent to a third network card in one second electronic device.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that,
    所述第二电子设备为与所述第一电子设备匹配的设备保护装置;The second electronic device is an equipment protection device matched with the first electronic device;
    所述设备保护装置包括处理器、通信模块和USB模块。The equipment protection device includes a processor, a communication module and a USB module.
  8. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一电子设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first electronic device, the method comprising:
    通过所述第一电子设备中第一网卡接收业务服务器发送的第一传输数据;以及通过所述第一电子设备中第二网卡基于所述第二网卡与第二电子设备中第三网卡之间的连接,接收所述第三网卡发送的第二传输数据;其中,所述第二传输数据由所述第三网卡基于接收的第三传输数据确定,所述第三传输数据通过对第四传输数据进行网络地址转换得到,所述第四传输数据是所述第二电子设备中第四网卡接收的由所述业务服务器发送的,所述第一传输数据包括第一源数据,所述第二传输数据、所述第三传输数据和所述第四传输数据均包括第二源数据,所述第一源数据和第二源数据是所述业务服务器对业务数据进行划分得到的;Receive the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and use the second network card in the first electronic device based on the connection between the second network card and the third network card in the second electronic device connection, and receive the second transmission data sent by the third network card; wherein, the second transmission data is determined by the third network card based on the received third transmission data, and the third transmission data is transmitted through the fourth transmission The data is obtained by performing network address translation, the fourth transmission data is received by the fourth network card in the second electronic device and sent by the service server, the first transmission data includes the first source data, and the second The transmission data, the third transmission data and the fourth transmission data all include second source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the service data by the service server;
    将所述第一传输数据发送至所述第一电子设备中对应的应用程序,以及将所述第二传输数据发送至所述第一电子设备中对应的应用程序。sending the first transmission data to a corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and sending the second transmission data to a corresponding application program in the first electronic device.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 8, characterized in that,
    所述第二传输数据包括两层封装信息,最外层封装信息是由所述第三网卡对所述第三传输数据以所述第三网卡的IP地址作为源IP地址以及以所述第二网卡的IP地址作为目的IP地址进行封装的信息,所述第三传输数据是所述第二电子设备中网络代理服务将所述第四传输数据中的目的IP地址转换为所述第二网卡的IP地址得到,所述第四传输数据是所述业务服务器对所述第二源数据以所述业务服务器的IP地址作为源IP地址以及以所述第四网卡的IP地址为目的IP地址进行封装得到。The second transmission data includes two layers of encapsulation information, and the outermost encapsulation information is provided by the third network card for the third transmission data with the IP address of the third network card as the source IP address and the second The IP address of the network card is encapsulated as the destination IP address, and the third transmission data is the network proxy service in the second electronic device that converts the destination IP address in the fourth transmission data into the information of the second network card. The IP address is obtained, and the fourth transmission data is that the service server encapsulates the second source data with the IP address of the service server as the source IP address and the IP address of the fourth network card as the destination IP address get.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述第二传输数据发送至所述第一电子设备中对应的应用程序,包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the sending the second transmission data to a corresponding application program in the first electronic device comprises:
    由所述第二网卡对所述第二传输数据的最外层封装信息进行解封装,将所述解封装 后的第二传输数据发送至所述第一电子设备中对应的应用程序。The second network card decapsulates the outermost encapsulation information of the second transmission data, and sends the decapsulated second transmission data to a corresponding application program in the first electronic device.
  11. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一电子设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first electronic device, the method comprising:
    将所述第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据,划分为第一源数据和第二源数据;dividing the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into first source data and second source data;
    将所述第一源数据,通过所述第一电子设备中第一网卡发送至对应的业务服务器;以及sending the first source data to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and
    将所述第二源数据,发送至所述第一电子设备中第二网卡以及由所述第二网卡将所述第二源数据发送至所述第一电子设备中第三网卡,通过所述第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,将所述第二源数据发送至所述第四网卡,以由所述第四网卡通过第二电子设备中第五网卡,将所述第二源数据发送至所述业务服务器。sending the second source data to the second network card in the first electronic device and sending the second source data to the third network card in the first electronic device by the second network card, through the The connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, sending the second source data to the fourth network card, so that the fourth network card can send the data to the fourth network card through the fifth network card in the second electronic device The second source data is sent to the service server.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述第二源数据,发送至所述第一电子设备中第二网卡以及由所述第二网卡将所述第二源数据发送至所述第一电子设备中第三网卡,包括:The method according to claim 11, characterized in that, the second source data is sent to the second network card in the first electronic device and the second source data is sent by the second network card To the third network card in the first electronic device, including:
    将所述第二网卡的网际互连协议IP地址作为源IP地址,以及将所述业务服务器的IP地址作为目的IP地址,对所述第二源数据进行封装,得到第一传输数据;Using the Internet Protocol IP address of the second network card as the source IP address, and using the IP address of the service server as the destination IP address, encapsulating the second source data to obtain the first transmission data;
    将所述第一传输数据发送至所述第二网卡以及由所述第二网卡将所述第一传输数据发送至所述第三网卡。sending the first transmission data to the second network card and sending the first transmission data to the third network card by the second network card.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过所述第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,将所述第二源数据发送至所述第四网卡,以由所述第四网卡通过第二电子设备中第五网卡,将所述第二源数据发送至所述业务服务器,包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the second source data is sent to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, Sending the second source data to the service server by the fourth network card through the fifth network card in the second electronic device includes:
    通过所述第三网卡与所述第四网卡之间的连接,将所述第一传输数据发送至所述第四网卡,以由所述第四网卡将所述第一传输数据发送至所述第二电子设备中网络代理服务,由所述网络代理服务将所述第一传输数据的源IP地址转换为所述第五网卡的IP地址,得到第二传输数据,通过所述第五网卡将所述第二传输数据发送至所述业务服务器。Send the first transmission data to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card, so that the fourth network card sends the first transmission data to the The network proxy service in the second electronic device converts the source IP address of the first transmission data into the IP address of the fifth network card by the network proxy service to obtain the second transmission data, and converts the second transmission data through the fifth network card The second transmission data is sent to the service server.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过所述第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,将所述第二源数据发送至所述第四网卡,以由所述第四网卡通过第二电子设备中第五网卡,将所述第二源数据发送至所述业务服务器,包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the second source data is sent to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, Sending the second source data to the service server by the fourth network card through the fifth network card in the second electronic device includes:
    由所述第三网卡将所述第三网卡的IP地址作为源IP地址,以及将所述第四网卡的IP地址作为目的IP地址,对所述第一传输数据进行封装,得到第三传输数据;Using the IP address of the third network card as the source IP address and the IP address of the fourth network card as the destination IP address by the third network card, encapsulating the first transmission data to obtain third transmission data ;
    通过所述第三网卡与所述第四网卡之间的连接,将所述第三传输数据发送至所述第四网卡,以由所述第四网卡对所述第三传输数据中所述第三网卡封装的信息进行解封装,得到第四传输数据以及将所述第四传输数据发送至所述第二电子设备中网络代理服务,由所述网络代理服务将所述第四传输数据的源IP地址转换为所述第五网卡的IP地址,通过所述第五网卡将地址转换后的所述第四传输数据发送至所述业务服务器。Send the third transmission data to the fourth network card through the connection between the third network card and the fourth network card, so that the fourth network card can process the first transmission data in the third network card The information encapsulated by the three network cards is decapsulated to obtain the fourth transmission data and send the fourth transmission data to the network proxy service in the second electronic device, and the network proxy service will send the source of the fourth transmission data The IP address is converted into the IP address of the fifth network card, and the fourth transmission data after the address conversion is sent to the service server through the fifth network card.
  15. 根据权利要求11至14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, characterized in that,
    所述第一网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、蜂窝网卡;The first network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, cellular network card;
    所述第三网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡;The third network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
    所述第四网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡;The fourth network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
    所述第五网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、蜂窝网卡。The fifth network card includes at least one of the following: a wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card and a cellular network card.
  16. 根据权利要求11至15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 11 to 15, characterized in that,
    所述第五网卡为蜂窝网卡,所述第二网卡为基于所述第五网卡虚拟的网卡,所述第二网卡的IP地址通过对所述第五网卡的IP地址进行偏移得到。The fifth network card is a cellular network card, the second network card is a virtual network card based on the fifth network card, and the IP address of the second network card is obtained by offsetting the IP address of the fifth network card.
  17. 根据权利要求11至16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 11 to 16, characterized in that,
    所述第二源数据包括一组或多组;The second source data includes one or more sets;
    所述第二电子设备包括一个或多个,每组第二源数据对应发送至一个第二电子设备中第三网卡。The second electronic device includes one or more, and each group of second source data is correspondingly sent to a third network card in one second electronic device.
  18. 根据权利要求11至17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 11 to 17, characterized in that,
    所述第二电子设备为与所述第一电子设备匹配的设备保护装置;The second electronic device is an equipment protection device matched with the first electronic device;
    所述设备保护装置包括处理器、通信模块和USB模块。The equipment protection device includes a processor, a communication module and a USB module.
  19. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一电子设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first electronic device, the method comprising:
    通过所述第一电子设备中的第一网卡接收业务服务器发送的第一传输数据;以及通过所述第一电子设备中的第三网卡基于所述第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,接收所述第四网卡发送的第二传输数据;其中,所述第二传输数据由所述第四网卡基于接收的第三传输数据确定,所述第三传输数据通过对第四传输数据进行网络地址转换得到,所述第四传输数据是所述第二电子设备中第五网卡接收的由所述业务服务器发送的,所述第一传输数据包括第一源数据,所述第二传输数据、所述第三传输数据和所述第四传输数据均包括第二源数据,所述第一源数据和第二源数据是所述业务服务器对业务数据进行划分得到的;Receive the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and use the third network card in the first electronic device based on the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device The connection between the network card receives the second transmission data sent by the fourth network card; wherein, the second transmission data is determined by the fourth network card based on the received third transmission data, and the third transmission data is determined by the fourth network card. The fourth transmission data is obtained by performing network address translation, the fourth transmission data is received by the fifth network card in the second electronic device and sent by the service server, the first transmission data includes the first source data, and the fourth transmission data is received by the service server. The second transmission data, the third transmission data and the fourth transmission data all include second source data, and the first source data and the second source data are obtained by dividing the service data by the service server;
    将所述第一传输数据发送至所述第一电子设备中对应的应用程序,以及通过所述第一电子设备中第二网卡,将所述第二传输数据发送至所述应用程序。sending the first transmission data to a corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and sending the second transmission data to the application program through a second network card in the first electronic device.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 19, wherein,
    所述第二传输数据包括两层封装信息,最外层封装信息是由所述第四网卡对所述第三传输数据以所述第四网卡的IP地址作为源IP地址以及以所述第三网卡的IP地址作为目的IP地址进行封装的信息,所述第三传输数据是所述第二电子设备中网络代理服务将所述第五网卡接收的第四传输数据中的目的IP地址转换为所述第二网卡的IP地址得到, 所述第四传输数据是所述业务服务器对所述第二源数据以所述业务服务器的IP地址作为源IP地址以及以所述第五网卡的IP地址为目的IP地址进行封装得到。The second transmission data includes two layers of encapsulation information, and the outermost encapsulation information is provided by the fourth network card for the third transmission data with the IP address of the fourth network card as the source IP address and the third network card as the source IP address. The IP address of the network card is used as the information encapsulated by the destination IP address, and the third transmission data is that the network proxy service in the second electronic device converts the destination IP address in the fourth transmission data received by the fifth network card into the The IP address of the second network card is obtained, and the fourth transmission data is that the service server uses the IP address of the service server as the source IP address and the IP address of the fifth network card as the source IP address for the second source data. The destination IP address is obtained by encapsulation.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过所述第一电子设备中第二网卡,将所述第二传输数据发送至所述应用程序,包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein the sending the second transmission data to the application program through the second network card in the first electronic device includes:
    由所述第三网卡对所述第二传输数据的最外层封装信息进行解封装,通过所述第二网卡将所述解封装后的第二传输数据发送至所述第一电子设备中对应的应用程序。The third network card decapsulates the outermost encapsulation information of the second transmission data, and sends the decapsulated second transmission data to the first electronic device through the second network card. s application.
  22. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一电子设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first electronic device, the method comprising:
    将所述第一电子设备中应用程序的业务数据,划分为第一源数据和第二源数据;dividing the business data of the application program in the first electronic device into first source data and second source data;
    将所述第一源数据,通过所述第一电子设备中第一网卡发送至对应的业务服务器;以及sending the first source data to the corresponding service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and
    将所述第二源数据,发送至所述第一电子设备中第二网卡以及通过所述第二网卡将所述第二源数据发送至所述第一电子设备中第三网卡,通过所述第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,将所述第二源数据发送至所述第四网卡,以通过所述第四网卡将所述第二源数据发送至所述业务服务器。sending the second source data to a second network card in the first electronic device and sending the second source data to a third network card in the first electronic device through the second network card, through the The connection between the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device, sending the second source data to the fourth network card, so as to send the second source data to the fourth network card through the fourth network card business server.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 22, wherein,
    所述第一网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、蜂窝网卡;The first network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, cellular network card;
    所述第二网卡为蜂窝网卡;The second network card is a cellular network card;
    所述第三网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡;The third network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card;
    所述第四网卡包括以下至少一种:无线保真Wi-Fi网卡、无线保真对等Wi-Fi P2P网卡、蓝牙网卡、通用串行总线USB网卡。The fourth network card includes at least one of the following: wireless fidelity Wi-Fi network card, wireless fidelity peer-to-peer Wi-Fi P2P network card, bluetooth network card, universal serial bus USB network card.
  24. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一电子设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first electronic device, comprising:
    通过所述第一电子设备中的第一网卡接收业务服务器发送的第一传输数据;以及通过所述第一电子设备中的第三网卡基于所述第三网卡与第二电子设备中第四网卡之间的连接,接收所述第四网卡发送的第二传输数据;其中,所述第二传输数据是所述第四网卡基于接收的第三传输数据确定,所述第三传输数据是由所述业务服务器发送的,所述第一传输数据包括第一源数据,所述第二传输数据和所述第三传输数据均包括第二源数据,所述第一源数据和第二源数据是所述业务服务器对业务数据进行划分得到的;Receive the first transmission data sent by the service server through the first network card in the first electronic device; and use the third network card in the first electronic device based on the third network card and the fourth network card in the second electronic device The connection between, receiving the second transmission data sent by the fourth network card; wherein, the second transmission data is determined by the fourth network card based on the received third transmission data, and the third transmission data is determined by the fourth network card sent by the service server, the first transmission data includes first source data, the second transmission data and the third transmission data both include second source data, and the first source data and second source data are obtained by dividing the service data by the service server;
    将所述第一传输数据发送至所述第一电子设备中对应的应用程序,以及通过所述第一电子设备中第二网卡,将所述第二传输数据发送至所述应用程序。sending the first transmission data to a corresponding application program in the first electronic device, and sending the second transmission data to the application program through a second network card in the first electronic device.
  25. 一种连接建立方法,其特征在于,应用于第一电子设备,所述方法包括:A method for establishing a connection, which is applied to a first electronic device, the method comprising:
    在应用程序与对应业务服务器建立连接时,获取所述应用程序的应用类型和所述第一电子设备中多个网卡的网卡性能信息,所述网卡包括与所述业务服务器直接进行数据 交互的网卡和通过与第二电子设备中网卡的连接与所述业务服务器进行数据交互的网卡;When the application program establishes a connection with the corresponding service server, the application type of the application program and network card performance information of a plurality of network cards in the first electronic device are obtained, and the network cards include network cards that directly perform data interaction with the service server and a network card for data interaction with the service server through a connection with the network card in the second electronic device;
    依据所述应用程序的应用类型和所述各网卡的网卡性能信息,为所述应用程序匹配性能最优的网卡;According to the application type of the application program and the network card performance information of the network cards, match the network card with the best performance for the application program;
    基于与所述应用程序匹配的性能最优的网卡,建立所述应用程序与对应业务服务器之间的连接。Based on the network card with the best performance matching the application program, a connection between the application program and the corresponding service server is established.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在应用程序与对应业务服务器建立连接时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein when the application program establishes a connection with the corresponding service server, the method further comprises:
    若存在与所述应用程序对应的网卡配置信息,则依据所述网卡配置信息查找与所述应用程序绑定的网卡,基于所述与所述应用程序绑定的网卡,建立所述应用程序与对应业务服务器之间的连接,其中,所述网卡配置信息是用户为所述应用程序所绑定的网卡的信息;If there is network card configuration information corresponding to the application program, search for a network card bound to the application program according to the network card configuration information, and establish the relationship between the application program and the application program based on the network card bound to the application program Corresponding to the connection between service servers, wherein the network card configuration information is the information of the network card bound by the user for the application program;
    若不存在与所述应用程序对应的网卡配置信息,则执行所述获取所述应用程序的应用类型和所述第一电子设备中多个网卡的网卡性能信息的步骤。If there is no network card configuration information corresponding to the application program, the step of acquiring the application type of the application program and network card performance information of multiple network cards in the first electronic device is performed.
  27. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device, characterized in that it comprises:
    存储器和处理器,所述存储器与所述处理器耦合;a memory and a processor, the memory being coupled to the processor;
    所述存储器存储有程序指令,当所述程序指令由所述处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备执行权利要求1至权利要求26中任一项第一电子设备所执行的方法。The memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the method performed by the first electronic device in any one of claims 1 to 26.
  28. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;所述接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向所述处理器发送所述信号,所述信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述电子设备执行权利要求1至权利要求26中任一项第一电子设备所执行的方法。A chip is characterized in that it includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send the signals to the processors, the The signal includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to perform the method performed by the first electronic device in any one of claims 1 to 26.
  29. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时,使得所述计算机或所述处理器执行如权利要求1至26任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor executes the computer program according to claim 1. to the method described in any one of 26.
  30. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括软件程序,当所述软件程序被计算机或处理器执行时,使得权利要求1至26任一项所述的方法的步骤被执行。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes a software program, and when the software program is executed by a computer or a processor, the steps of the method according to any one of claims 1 to 26 are executed.
PCT/CN2022/112911 2021-09-13 2022-08-17 Communication method and electronic device WO2023035885A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111069980.7 2021-09-13
CN202111069980.7A CN115811748A (en) 2021-09-13 2021-09-13 Communication method, system and electronic equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023035885A1 true WO2023035885A1 (en) 2023-03-16

Family

ID=85481179

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/112911 WO2023035885A1 (en) 2021-09-13 2022-08-17 Communication method and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115811748A (en)
WO (1) WO2023035885A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130188635A1 (en) * 2012-01-20 2013-07-25 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Network device and method for processing traffic using multi-network interface card
CN103369013A (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-23 厦门毅想通信研发中心有限公司 Data transmission method, data transmission apparatus and electronic device
CN104702518A (en) * 2015-03-05 2015-06-10 安徽清新互联信息科技有限公司 Wireless network-based multi-card router device and data transmission method thereof
CN112243268A (en) * 2020-10-16 2021-01-19 南京邮电大学 Multi-stream transmission control method based on QUIC protocol
CN112291181A (en) * 2019-07-23 2021-01-29 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Data transmission method based on multiple network cards and related device
CN113055946A (en) * 2021-02-08 2021-06-29 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 Service data transmission method, device, terminal equipment and storage medium

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130188635A1 (en) * 2012-01-20 2013-07-25 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Network device and method for processing traffic using multi-network interface card
CN103369013A (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-23 厦门毅想通信研发中心有限公司 Data transmission method, data transmission apparatus and electronic device
CN104702518A (en) * 2015-03-05 2015-06-10 安徽清新互联信息科技有限公司 Wireless network-based multi-card router device and data transmission method thereof
CN112291181A (en) * 2019-07-23 2021-01-29 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Data transmission method based on multiple network cards and related device
CN112243268A (en) * 2020-10-16 2021-01-19 南京邮电大学 Multi-stream transmission control method based on QUIC protocol
CN113055946A (en) * 2021-02-08 2021-06-29 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 Service data transmission method, device, terminal equipment and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115811748A (en) 2023-03-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220163932A1 (en) Device control page display method, related apparatus, and system
WO2022257977A1 (en) Screen projection method for electronic device, and electronic device
WO2021233079A1 (en) Cross-device content projection method, and electronic device
US20230422154A1 (en) Method for using cellular communication function, and related apparatus and system
WO2022100304A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transferring application content across devices, and electronic device
WO2021104114A1 (en) Method for providing wireless fidelity (wifi) network access service, and electronic device
CN110730448A (en) Method for establishing connection between devices and electronic device
WO2021017894A1 (en) Method for using remote sim module, and electronic apparatus
WO2023284650A1 (en) Communication method and electronic device
WO2022068513A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
CN112130788A (en) Content sharing method and device
WO2022135341A1 (en) Communication method and system, and electronic device
CN115514882B (en) Distributed shooting method, electronic equipment and medium
WO2021179990A1 (en) Application server access method and terminal
WO2023143300A1 (en) Slice selection method and system, and related apparatus
WO2022179443A1 (en) Nfc method and system, and electronic device
WO2022199673A1 (en) Login authentication method and electronic device
WO2022062875A1 (en) Data transmission method and system, electronic device, and storage medium
US20230198934A1 (en) Reverse address resolution method and electronic device
WO2023035885A1 (en) Communication method and electronic device
WO2022237721A1 (en) Networking method, and relevant apparatus and system
US20230087282A1 (en) Dual wi-fi connection method and electronic device
WO2021218544A1 (en) Wireless connection providing system, method, and electronic apparatus
WO2023051204A1 (en) Cross-device connection method, electronic device and storage medium
WO2022206702A1 (en) Bluetooth communication method and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22866358

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE